Docstoc

Books

Document Sample
Books Powered By Docstoc
					            Given to Nita maam on 4th Sep 09

                                                                           List of Books

    Sr No                     Title                              Author                          Publisher              Year         Collation                           Abstract                                                   Keywords
1           India in transition through the eyes of a                                      John Wiley & Sons         1995                              Collection of writings of H T Parekh           1. H T Parekh- Founder, HDFC bank, Visionary, 2. Stock exchange 3.
            visionary 1940s to 1990s: Writings of H T                                      (Asia) Pte Ltd                                                                                             Capital market 4. Industrial finance 5. Foreign Private investment in
            Parekh Vol 1                                                                                                                                                                              India 6. Indian Trusts Act 7. Public sector companies 8. Bond price
                                                                                                                                                                                                      movement 9. Industrial Development bank of India 10. Credit policy
                                                                                                                                                                                                      11. Chakravarthy committee report 12. Government Borrowing
                                                                                                                                                                                                      programme


2           India in transition through the eyes of a                                      HDFC and ICICI Bank       1995                              Collection of writings of H T Parekh           1. Industrial Policy 2. State enterprise 3. Tariff commission 4.
            visionary 1940s to 1990s: Writings of H T                                                                                                                                                 Automobile industry 5. Narmada valley project 6. IMC Eccnomics
            Parekh Vol 2                                                                                                                                                                              Research and Training foundation 7. Scooter industry 8. Cement
                                                                                                                                                                                                      industry 9. Fiscal policy 8. MRTP Act 10. Inflationary crisis 11.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      International finance Centre in India 12. Off shore banking Centre in
                                                                                                                                                                                                      India

3           Co-operative Societies Ready Reckoner       Adv Vinod C Sampat and             Co-operative Societies    28-Mar-07                         Ready reckoner for Co-operative societies
                                                        Dharmin V Sampat                   Residents Users and
                                                                                           Welfare Association,
                                                                                           Mumbai
4           The story of Videsh Sanchar:                C N N Nair                         Videsh Sanchar Nigam      2002                              Story of Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd              1. Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd (VSNL) 2. The Eastern telegraph
            Development of India's external                                                Ltd, Mumbai                                                                                                company (ERC) 3.Indian Radio Telegraph Co (IRT) 4. Indian Radio and
            telecommunications                                                                                                                                                                        Cable Communications (IRCC) 5. Overseas Communications Service
                                                                                                                                                                                                      (OCS) 6. International Telecom Organisations 7. National Telecom
                                                                                                                                                                                                      policy 8. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI)

5           A banking Odyssey: The story of Canara      M V Kamath                         Vikas Publishing house    1991                              Story of Canara Bank                           1. Ammembal Subba Rao Pai - Founder, Canara bank
            Bank                                                                           Pvt ltd
6           Handbook of Public relations                Edited by Robert L Heath           Sage Publications India   Sep-00      xiv, pg 791, hard     Handbook offers a comprehensive and            1. Public relation practitioners 2. Conflict resolution 3. Organizational
                                                                                           Pvt Ltd, New Delhi                    cover, 26 cm          detailed examination of the field              Legitimacy 4. Issues Management 5. Public relations agency business
                                                                                                                                                                                                      6. Crisis communication 7. Corporate apologia 8. Globalizing public
                                                                                                                                                                                                      relations

7           The India Infrastructure report: Policy  Edited by Sandipan Deb                Published on behalf       1996        pg49, paper back, 26 Infrastructure report by expert group on the    1. Report 2. Urban infrastructure 3. Power 4. Telecommunications 5.
            imperatives for growth and welfare Vol I                                       Ministry of Finance,                  cm                   commercialisation of infrastructure projects    Roads 6. Industrial parks 7. Ports
            Executive summary                                                              Government of India

8           The India Infrastructure report: Policy   Edited by Sandipan Deb               Published on behalf       1996        pg 227, paper back,   Infrastructure report by expert group on the   1. Economic growth 2. Infrastructure development 3. Regulatory
            imperatives for growth and welfare Vol II                                      Ministry of Finance,                  260cm                 commercialisation of infrastructure projects   design 4. Debt market infrastructure reforms 5. Fiscal benefits 6.
            The main report                                                                Government of India                                                                                        Indian Capital market 7. Indian debt market


9           The India Infrastructure report: Policy    Edited by Sandipan Deb              Published on behalf       1996        pg 172, paper back,   Infrastructure report by expert group on the   1. Report 2. Urban infrastructure 3. Power 4. Telecommunications 5.
            imperatives for growth and welfare Vol III                                     Ministry of Finance,                  26 cm                 commercialisation of infrastructure projects   Roads 6. Industrial parks 7. Ports
            Sector Reports                                                                 Government of India

10          Survey of Indian investors                  SEBI & NCAER                       Published by SEBI         Jun-00      xii, pg 280,          Survey taken by NCAER to study the Indian      1. National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) 2.
                                                                                                                                 paperback, 26.5 cm    investor and Indian capital market.            Securities and Exchange board of India (SEBI) 3. Indian capital market
                                                                                                                                                                                                      4. Indian securities market 5. Indian investor study 6. Equity
                                                                                                                                                                                                      investor+H154




11          Same as 10 duplicate copy


12          Indian Securities market, a review Vol V                                       NSE                       2002        xii, pg 285 paper     It reviews the development in the securities   1. National Stock Exchange (NSE) 2.Corporate securities 3.
                                                                                                                                 back, 27 cm           market in India                                Government securities 4. Derivatives market 5. Securities regulation 6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Debt market 7. Mutual funds 8. Unit trust of India 9. Regulations for
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Risk management 10. Debt derivatives
13   The Dynamics of Ascent: a centenary        Dwijendra Tripathi                 Oxford University press 2007   xii, pg 291, hard      The story of Bank of Baroda against the           1. Bank of Baroda 2. Maharaja Sir Sayajirao Gaekwad III - Founder,
     history of Bank of Baroda                                                     for Bank of Baroda             cover, 28.5 cm         backdrop of changing political, economical        Bank of Barod 3. Asst quality management 4. Legislavtive reforms 5.
                                                                                                                                         and social scenario in the country                Thakkar report 6. Business transformation programme 7. Retail
                                                                                                                                                                                           revolution




14   Back to the dots: Development of India's C N N Nair                           Videsh Sanchar Nigam   1996    xxviii, pg 317, hard   The book takes the readers from 1870s to the      1. Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd (VSNL) 2. The Eastern telegraph
     External Telecommunications                                                   Ltd, Mumbai                    cover, 29 cm           present, through the various developments         company (ERC) 3.Indian Radio Telegraph Co (IRT) 4. Indian Radio and
                                                                                                                                         that revolutionised India's overseas              Cable Communications (IRCC) 5. Overseas Communications Service
                                                                                                                                         communications system and placed India            (OCS) 6. International Telecom Organisations 7. National Telecom
                                                                                                                                         firmly on the global telecommunications map       policy 8. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI)




15   The new age empowering organisation:       Prem Chadha                        Rupa & co              2005    xxii, pg 883, hard     The book paints futuristic organisational         1. Prem Chadha - CEO, Triad Solutions Consultancy and services Pvt
     Lessons in excellence                                                                                        cover 23.5 cm          scenarios on the themes of workplace, vision,     Ltd 2. Human Resource Development 3. Organisational ethics 4. HR
                                                                                                                                         strategy, diversity, stakes and networ, which     policy 5. Commitment-competence matrix 5. Hertzberg's hygiene and
                                                                                                                                         urge organisations to stay effective through      motivational factors
                                                                                                                                         mission focused dynamismreal time strategic
                                                                                                                                         moves, fleet footed agility, and well
                                                                                                                                         entrenched competencies to shape their
                                                                                                                                         dream future


16   Penguin Special: The life and times of     Jeremy Lewis                       Penguin Books          2005    xii, p. 484, hb: 24 cm Biographical account of Allen Lane                1. Allen Lane - Founder of Penguin publications 2. Biography
     Allen Lane
17   Credit Derivatives and structured credit   Vinod Kothari             332      John Wiley & Sons      2009    xxvii, p.482, hb: 26   The book explains in detail the intricacies of   1. Credit derivatives 2. Credit default swaps (CDS) 3. Portfolio
     trading                                                                       (Asia) Pte Ltd                 cm                     credit derivatives and structured credit trading management 4. Risk diversification 5. Credit linked notes 6. Hedge
                                                                                                                                                                                          fund industry 7. Total rate of return swaps (TROR swaps )

18   Credit Risk Analysis: A tryst with strategic Ciby Joseph                      Tata McGraw-Hill       2005    vii, p.339, hb: 25 cm Analysis of credit risk                            1. Credit risk culture 2. Risk matrix 3. Risk content and management 4.
     prudence                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                                                                      SWOT analysis 5. Working capital cycle 6. Portfolio credit risks

19   Investment banking: an Odyssey in High     Pratap Subramanyam                 Tata McGraw-Hill       2005    xii, p. 1182, hb:25    This book is a treatise on investment banking     1. Capital market 2. Primary equity 3. Debt market 4. Investment
     Finance                                                                       Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                     in the Indian context and describes the service   banking 5. Merchant banking 6. IPO 7. International bond market 8.
                                                                                                                                         areas with a balance of theoretical and           Corporate structuring 9. Institutional Equity deals 10. Corporate
                                                                                                                                         practical aspects. The focus is on the service    advisory services 11. Foreign collaborations 12. Financial restructuring
                                                                                                                                         delivery of investment banks in three key         advisory 13. Disinvestment methodologies 14. Merger and
                                                                                                                                         areas- management of Public offers, raising       acquisitions advisory
                                                                                                                                         capital through private placements and
                                                                                                                                         corporate advisory services


20   Revolutionary Wealth                       Alvin Toffler and Heidi   339      Alfred A Knopf         2006    xiii, p. 492, hb:24 cm This book is about how tommorrow's wealth
                                                Toffler                                                                                  will be created, who will get it and how. The
                                                                                                                                         authors reveal how many of our activities
                                                                                                                                         whether parenting, painting etc pum 'free
                                                                                                                                         lunch' from the hidden economy into the
                                                                                                                                         money economy that economist track, their
                                                                                                                                         forecast is about to explode and compel
                                                                                                                                         radical changes in the way we measure, make
                                                                                                                                         and manipulate wealth

21   Here comes everybody: The power of         Clay Shirky               303.48   Allen Lane, Penguin    2008    p. 327, hb: 24 cm      Clay Shirky, the author give his lucid and     1. Anchors community 2. Personal motivation 3. Institutional
     organizing without organizations                                              group                                                 penetrating analysis of what impact of social challenges 4. Social dilemmas 5. Media 6. Collective action
                                                                                                                                         revolution will be for better or worse or what
                                                                                                                                         we do and who we are
22   The unseen revolution: How pension       Peter Drucker                 330.97    William Heinemann Ltd 1976      p. 214, hb:22 cm         In this book Peter Drucker spells out the far      1. Pension fund Socialism 2. Management and productivity 3.
     fund socialism came to America                                                                                                            reaching implications of employee fund             Economic structure 4. Banking system 5. Welfare policies
                                                                                                                                               pension and the size of population


23   IT Risk: Turning business threats into   George Westerman and          658.4     Harvard Business School 2007    ix, p. 221, hb: 24 cm In this book the author defines 4 types of IT         1. Developing IT assets 2. Risk aware culture 3. Risk governance
     competitive advantage                    Richard Hunter                          Press                                                 risk and introduce three disciplines that             process 4. Risk management
                                                                                                                                            enterprises must master to manage IT risk
                                                                                                                                            effectively
24   New issues in Islamic finance and        Hossein Askari, Zamir Iqbal   332.091   John Wiley & Sons        2009   xi, p. 373, hb: 23.5 The book offers a global perspective of                1. Islamic Finance 2. Globization 3. Qard-ul-Hassan based
     economics: progress and challenges       amd Abbas Mirakhor                      (Asia) Pte Ltd                  cm                    different segments of Islamic finance and             microfinance 4. Islamic financial industry 5. Islam and economic
                                                                                                                                            insights into a range of key technical topics         development
                                                                                                                                            that are assuming growing significance for the
                                                                                                                                            sustainable development of this discipline


25   Mastering the Hype cycle: how to choose Jackie Fenn and Mark           658.406   Harvard Business School 2008    xvii, p.226, pb: 23.5 In this book the authors explains what drives 1. Hype cycle traps 2. Context for innovation 3. Hype cycle challenges
     the right innovation at the right time  Raskino                                  Press                           cm                    the hype cycle of the 'next big thing' and how
                                                                                                                                            your company can avoid its potential dangers.

26   The seven lost secrets of success        Joe Vitale                    659.1     John Wiley & Sons        2007   xxiii, p. 193, hb: 23    The book is about seven secrets of business        1. Bruce Barton - Marketing genius, author, advertising celebrity
                                                                                      (Asia) Pte Ltd                  cm                       given by Bruce Barton, America's genius

27   Value investing and behavioral finance: Parag Parikh                             Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   xxiii, p. 328, hb: 22    The book is a guide to sane and safe               1. Indian Capital market 2. Contrarian investment 3. Commodity cycles
     insights into Indian Stock market realities                                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       iinvestment decisions. Using investing trends      4. Indian IPO 5. Index investment 6. Indian equity cult 7. Financial
                                                                                                                                               in Indian capital markets it shows how             crisis 8. Stock price movement 9. Antomy of financial crisis
                                                                                                                                               collective behavioral biases affect investment
                                                                                                                                               decision, returns and market vagaries. It
                                                                                                                                               advises on how to spot investment
                                                                                                                                               oppurtunities and pitfalls in commodity
                                                                                                                                               stocks, growth stocks, PSUs, IPO, sector and
                                                                                                                                               index stocks
28   Wowability: How to achieve it and why it Imran Syed                    658.827   John Wiley & Sons        2008   xiii, p. 240, pb: 22.5   This book offers insights into Brand banking. It   1. Economics of wowability 2. Quantitative tools 3. Wowability
     matters                                                                          (Asia) Pte Ltd                  cm                       provides definition of wowability, wowability's    framework
                                                                                                                                               economics, its various constituents, its tools
                                                                                                                                               and processed needed to achieve it.

29   Macroeconomics demystified               Madan Sabnavis                339       Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xi, p. 208, pb:22 cm     The book helps readers to understand expert 1. Macroeconomic theories 2. Inflation 3. Economic reforms 4.
                                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                       opinion on issues like capital inflows, inflation, Globalization
                                                                                                                                               balance of payments, budgetary and
                                                                                                                                               monetary policies reported in the media, this
                                                                                                                                               book covers not only classic economics but
                                                                                                                                               also contemporary economics

30   Small giants: companies that choose to   Bo Burlingham                 658.409   Penguin                  2005   xv, p.224, pb:22 cm      In this book veteran journalist Bo Burlingham 1. List of 14 companies - Anchor Brewing in San Francisco, ECCO in
     be great instead of big                                                                                                                   takes readers inside 14 remarkable privately Boisse, Hammerhead Production in California , New Hope contracting
                                                                                                                                               held companies that have chosen to march to in Massachusetts, O C Tanner co.in Salt lake city.
                                                                                                                                               their own drummer.




31   Entrepreneurship development: Indian     K Ramachandran                          Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   ix, p. 257, pb; 22 cm This book presents stories of entrepreneurial         1. Entrepreneur 2. The Banyan 3. Future Kids school 4. Switz foodds
     cases on change agents                                                           Publishing Co. Ltd                                    success in diverse sectors                            pvt ltd 5. Nishotech Systems Pvt ltd 6. Subhiksha retail chain 7.
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Navnirmiti



32   Cue from the inner voice: The choice     Manohar Malgonkar                       Vikas Publishing house   1980   p. 147, hb: 22 cm        The books takes a look at why India is still a
     before big business                                                              Pvt ltd                                                  developing country and peek into the darker
                                                                                                                                               recesses of the public sector
33   $700 billion bailout                     Paul Muolo                              John Wiley & Sons        2009   ix, p. 185, pb:22 cm     The book is an analysis of the controversial 1. Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (EESA), 2008 2. Mortage and
                                                                                      (Asia) Pte Ltd                                           Emergency Economic Stabilization Act and     Credit market 3. Bailout 4. Economy 5. Troubled Asset Relief Program
                                                                                                                                               explains in easy to understand language what (TRAP)
                                                                                                                                               the bailout bill means for individuals
34   Riding the blue train: A leadership plan   Bart Sayle and Surinder        658.301   Penguin                  2006   vii, p. 228, pb:22 cm The book features dramatic success stories.  1. Empowerment 2. Communications 3. Five powers 4. Power of
     for explosive growth                       Kumar                                                                                          This book affords everyone from new          magical thinking
                                                                                                                                               managers to Ceos the oppurtunity to learn
                                                                                                                                               and expereince breakthrough results in their
                                                                                                                                               own time
35   How Tiger does it                          Brad Kearns                    796.35    Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   ix, p. 191, pb: 20 cm The book goes deeper than any previous Tiger 1. Tiger Woods - World champion, Golf
                                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd                                    voulme to detail how y ou can apply his
                                                                                                                                               champion attitude and behaviour to our life
                                                                                                                                               and everything else we do
36   Birds by colour                            Marc Duquet                    598.094   Cristopher Helm          2007   p. 222, pb: 19.5 cm    Guide on various species of birds and how to     1. Birds 2. Ornithology 3.
                                                                                                                                                recognise them

37   The avatar way of leadership               Harsh Verma                              Rupa & co                2006   p.245, pb: 20.5 cm     Book on leadership describing the characters,
                                                                                                                                                relationships and leadership strategies of
                                                                                                                                                Rama, Krishna and Sita. It also cites examples
                                                                                                                                                of current corporate leaders and their
                                                                                                                                                leadership qualities
38   Eventful years                             S S Bhandare and Ajit Karnik             S Divakara of Forum of   2006   xvi, p. 188, hb: 22    The book reflects the eventful journey of    1. A D Shroff: Founder of Forum 2. Economic reforms 3. Centralised
                                                                                         free enterprise                 cm                     Forum of Free enterprise founded by Late A D planning 4. Industrial Dispute Act (IDA) 5. The Monopolies and
                                                                                                                                                Shroff                                       Restrtictive Trade Practices Act (MRTP) 6. Foreign Exchange regulation
                                                                                                                                                                                             Act 7. Market economy 8. Liberal democracy 9. Good governance 10.
                                                                                                                                                                                             Youth leadership




39   Presentations that change minds:         Josh Gordon                      651.73    Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xiv, p. 274, pb: 22    The book lays out 14 persuasive approaches 1. Presentations
     strategies to persuade convince, and get                                            Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     to increase persuasive power and will give an
     results                                                                                                                                    edge to become persuasive presenter
40   301 more ways to have fun at work          Dave Hemsath                   658       Tata McGraw-Hill         2005   viii, p. 206, pb: 22   The book gives 301 ways to have fun at work
                                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     so that employees get out of their routine
                                                                                                                                                schedule have fun and go back to their task
                                                                                                                                                with lots of renewed energy.
41   The goal                                   Eliyahu M Goldratt and Jeff    823.91    Gower                    1993   p. 276, pb: 22 cm      A novel which gives deep insights into
                                                Cox                                                                                             management thinking

42   The citi Commonsense Money guide for       Edited by Dara Duguay,         332       Rodale Inc.              2007   p. 307, pb: 23 cm      Book in three parts showing how one can live 1. Citi financial 2.Investments 3. home loan 4. Savings 5. Debt
     real people                                Director Citigroup office of                                                                    comfortably and responsibly well in whatever
                                                Financial Education                                                                             money they with reasonable debt, saving
43   Rethinking pension provision for India     Edited by Anand Bordia and               Tata McGraw-Hill         2003   xvi, p. 362, hb: 23    Book on and trying to to pension which can
                                                                                                                                                regularlyinputs relateddeal with unexpected 1. Invest India Economic Foundation (IIEF) 2. Pension Fund Regulatory
     2003                                       Gautam Bhardwaj                          Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     be taken into consideration while policy     and Development Authority (PFRDA)3. Old Age Social and Income
                                                                                                                                                making related to Pension provision          Security (OASIS) 4. Pension reforms in India 5. Private Pension funds 6.
                                                                                                                                                                                             Regulatory System 7. Seamen's Provident fund 8. Indian Railways
                                                                                                                                                                                             Pension fund 9. Employees' Provident fund 10. Indian Pension Sector
                                                                                                                                                                                             11. Annuity market 12. Investment portfolio 13. Indian Mutual funds



44   Amrita Sher-gil: a life                    Yashodhara Dalmia                        Penguin Viking           2006   xvii, p. 230, hb: 23   Biography of Amrita Shergil by Yashodhara        1. Amrita Shergil - Artist, Painter
                                                                                                                         cm                     Dalmia

45   Management accounting Demystified          Leonard Eugene Berry           658       Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xviii, p. 411, pb: 23.5 Self teaching guide on management               1. Management Accounting 2. Job order cost system 3. Cost allocation
                                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      accounting                                      system 4. Process cost system 5. Cost volume profit analysis 6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Regression analysis 7. Discounted cash flow method 8. Capital
                                                                                                                                                                                                 investment project 9. Capital expenditure analysis 10.Performance
                                                                                                                                                                                                 evaluation 11. Variance analysis
46   Quality Management Demystified             Sid Kemp                       658       Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xxii, p. 355, pb: 23.5 Self teaching guide on quality management        1. Quality management 2. Quality movements 3. Total Quality
                                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                                                                      Management (TQM) 4. Six Sigma
47   The technical analysis                     Thomas A Meyers                   Tata McGraw-Hill         2007     xiv, p. 287, pb: 23.5   Book on Technical analysis to incorporate the 1. Key analytical tools 2. Relative strength index 3. stochastic 4.
                                                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd                cm                      power into trading program                    Moving average convergence divergence (MACD) 5. Chart patterns 6.
                                                                                                                                                                                          Consolidation formations 7. Relative strength analysis 8. Divergence
                                                                                                                                                                                          analysis
48   Time Management for busy people            Roberta Roesch              658   Tata McGraw-Hill         2005     xvi, p. 239, pb: 23.5   Book on time management
                                                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd                cm
49   Corporate finance demystified              Troy A Adair                      Tata McGraw-Hill         2006     xii, p. 275, pb: 23.5   Self teaching guide on corporate finance        1. Corporate finance 2. Capital budgeting 3. Security market line 4.
                                                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd                cm                                                                      Operating cash flow 5. Beta estimation methodology 6. Portfolio
                                                                                                                                                                                            averages 7. Standard deviations 8. Option valuation




50   Co-operative Societies and Criminal laws Adv Vinod C Sampat and adv          Co-operative Societies   2007     p. 172, pb: 28 cm       Book on co-operative societies and related        1. Co-operative Society 2. Criminal procedure code 3.Indian panel
                                              Ramesh D Chheda                     Residents Users and                                       criminal laws, it lists the various crimes that   code 4. Criminal courts 5.
                                                                                  Welfare Association,                                      can take place, offences under Indian panel
                                                                                  Mumbai                                                    code, how to lodge a complaint, various trials
                                                                                                                                            in the criminal courts provision related to bail,
                                                                                                                                            some important judgements, specimen of
                                                                                                                                            various forms, addresses of police stations


51   How India earns, spends and saves:         Rajesh Shukla                     Debasis Sarkar, Director - 2007   p.80,hb: 27.5 cm        Book on Indian Financial Protection Survey      1. The National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) 2.
     Results from the Max New York life-                                          Marketing, Products                                       undertaken by NCAER throwing light on how       Survey
     NCAER India Financial Protection Survey                                      and corporate                                             India earns, its spending patterns and its
                                                                                  communications for and                                    savinig habits
52   Innovation power plays                     Business week               650   on behalf of The Max
                                                                                  Tata McGraw-Hill           2008   ix, p. 131, pb: 21 cm The book is a series of powerplay where best      1. Kodak company 2.Best buy company 3. J P morgan 4. BMW
                                                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd                                      practices related to innovation are at work in    company
                                                                                                                                          large and small companies. The power plays
                                                                                                                                          are narratives of how energetic managers
                                                                                                                                          drive innovation in their organizations

53   Entrepreneur power plays                   Business week               338   Tata McGraw-Hill         2008     ix, p. 176, pb: 21 cm The book is series on Entrepreneurship            1. Google compnay 2. Linux Inc. 3. Lenova company
                                                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd
54   What you know about Mutual funds           Edited by Debashis Basu           Kensource Information             p. 80. pb: 20.5 cm      Selection of articles on mutual funds as        1. Mutual funds 2. Exchange traded funds 3. Equity funds 4. Contra
     maybe wrong ( 2 copies)                                                      services                                                  published in Moneylife magazine                 funds 5. Sector funds 6. Index funds



55   The joy of Achievement: Conversations      R M Lala                          Viking Penguin India     1995     xviii, p. 194, hb: 22   Conversations
     with J R D Tata                                                                                                cm

56   For the love of India: The life and times of R M Lala                        Penguin Portfolio        2006     xix, p. 247, pb: 21
     Jamsethji Tata                                                                                                 cm
57   Final: The life and death of Naval Pirojsha B K Karanjia                     Viking Penguin India     2000     xiv, p. 243, pb: 21.5
     Godrej                                                                                                         cm
58   Ardeshir Dalal: A memoir                                                     Dalal family             1980     p. 143, hb: 21.5 cm     Memoirs of Ardeshir Dalal                       1

59   Periscope                                  Compiler Hansa K Dabke            Mrs. Hansa K Dabke       2006     p. 193, pb: 21 cm       Selected writings of K B Dabke from various    1. Khanderao Dabke - Company Secretary, Chartered Accountant,
                                                                                                                                            newspaper like Indian Express, Times of India, Director Finance 2. Corporate Law 3. Taxation
                                                                                                                                            Financial Express and various other journals


60   The Indian Ceo: A portrait of excellence   Signe M Spencer, Tharuma          Response books,          2007     p.206, hb: 21.5 cm      The book includes a detailed study of the most 1. CEO 2. Indian Business environment 3. Leadership
                                                Rajah, S A Narayan,               Business books from                                       effective behaviors, most common situations
                                                Seetharaman Mohan, Gaurav         Sage                                                      faces by leaders and the behaviors and
                                                Lahiri                                                                                      characteristics of Indian CEO's vis-à-vis their
                                                                                                                                            global counterparts
61   Down memory lane                           Hiro Shroff                       Business Publications    1998     p. 298, pb: 21 cm       Writings of Hiro Shroff                         1. Hiro Shroff - Journalist, Oral Historian
                                                                                  Inc
62   Naval Tata remembered                      K D Skandan                       M & J Services           1999     p. 79, pb: 21 cm        Book on Naval Tata                        1. Naval Tata - Joint Managing Director of textile mills, 1939, One of
                                                                                                                                                                                      the important gems from Tata group
63   The Honda book of management               Setsuo Mito                       Kogan page               1990     xvi, p. 112, pb: 21     Book on high industrial success of Honda  1. Honda Motors co. 2. Management philosophy 3. Business strategy
                                                                                                                    cm                      Motors co and their management philosophy 4. Product development activities 5. Improvement activities
64   Open Secrets: India's Intelligence        Maloy Krishna Dhar            Manas publications      2005   p. 552, hb: 24 cm     Account of Maloy Krishna Dhar who has              1. Intelligence Bureau of India 2. Maintenance of Internal Security Act
     unveiled                                                                                                                     served the Intelligence Bureau for 30 years        3. Ministry of Home affairs 4. Ministry of External Affairs
                                                                                                                                  and was Former joint Director of Intelligence
                                                                                                                                  Bureau, India. In this book he talks about the
                                                                                                                                  deplorable stories of blatant and brutal
                                                                                                                                  misuse of the Indian Intelligence, security and
                                                                                                                                  investigative agencies by the ruling
                                                                                                                                  establishment
65   A touch of greatness: Encounters with     R M Lala                      Viking Penguin India    2001   xii, p. 238,pb: 22 cm The author records his impressions about           1. Vinobha Bhave 2. Lal Bahadur Shastri 3. Morarji Desai 4. M S
     the Eminent                                                                                                                  luminaries like Vinobha Bhave, Lal Bahadur         Subbulakshmi 5. Dalai Lama 6. Azim Premji 7. J R D Tata 8. Mother
                                                                                                                                  Shastri, Morarji Desai, M S Subbulakshmi,          Teresa 9. Nani Palkhivala 10. C N Vakil 11. B P Banoobai Coyaji
                                                                                                                                  Dalai Lama, Azim Premji, Narayan Murthy and
                                                                                                                                  many others
66   How brokers cheat shareholders            Guru Dayal                    Zen publication         1998   p. 191, pb: 20.5 cm Book on stock market and malpractices in it      1. Indian stock market 2. Monopoly act 3. Public issue 4. Stock
                                                                                                                                                                                 exchange
67   Why investment matters                    Kavaljit Singh                Fern                    2007   p. 176, pb: 23 cm       Book on investment, investment flow, foreign 1. Transnational Corporation 2. Foreign Direct investment 3. Capital
                                                                                                                                    direct investment,regulatory framework       flow 4.International inivestment flow 5.Regulatory framework

68   The business traveller's guide to the                                   Penguin Books           2008   xv, p. 527, pb: 20 cm Travellers guide about every country of the        1. Travellers guide
     World                                                                                                                        world
69   The Best B Schools                        Louis Lavelle                 Tata McGraw-Hill        2008   xxx, p. 432, pb: 20     Book on best B schools for full time, part time 1. MBA 2. Guide 3. List of Best B schools
                                               Business Week                 Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                      and executive MBA

70   The Ranbaxy Story                         Bhupesh Bhandari              Penguin Portfolio       2005   p. 240, pb: 21 cm       The book is about Ranbaxy's (Indian            1. Ranbaxy Company 2. Pharmaceuticals
                                                                                                                                    Pharmaceutical company) remarkable journey
                                                                                                                                    from a distributor of medicine to a
                                                                                                                                    multinational coporation, it traces the growth
                                                                                                                                    of the company against the backdrop of global
                                                                                                                                    pharmaceutical business

71   The finger book                           John Manning                  Faber and Faber         2008   xiii, p. 170, pb: 21. 5 Book on fingers and how the human                1. Human Physchology
                                                                                                            cm                      personality can be known by fingers
72   Wealth: How the world's high-net-worth Associates of Merril Lynch       John Wiley & Sons       2008   xxxv, p. 236, pb: 23    The book presents a readable guide on what       1. Investment 2. Globalization 3. Holistic wealth management 4. J P
     grow, sustain and manage their fortunes and Capgemini                   (Asia) Pte Ltd                 cm                      drives the success og high net worth             Morgan 5. Morgan Stanley 6. International Investment 6. Asset
                                                                                                                                    individuals as well as th trends, growth,        Allocation 7. Proactive involvement
                                                                                                                                    increased complexity and competitiveness of
                                                                                                                                    the global wealth management

73   A businessman in Public life: Murarji J   Hemant J Vaidya and M R Pai   M & J Services          2001   viii, p. 48, pb: 21 cm Biographical account of Murarji J Vaidya          1. Murarji Vaidya - Member of Industrial Development Council of
     Vaidya                                                                                                                                                                          Government of India, Founder member of of Forum of Free Enterprise




74   Technology transfer: Iron's iron and steel K Krishna Moorthy            ICRIER Research study   1987   v, p. 293, pb: 21 cm    The books accounts the history of evolution of 1. Indian Council for Researc on International Economics Relations
                                                                                                                                    steel in our country .The book contains        (ICRIER) 2. Iron & Steel Industry 3. Tata Iron and Steel Company
                                                                                                                                    deliberations on the workshop conducted by (TISCO) 4.Hindustan Steel Limited 5. Steel Authority of India Ltd
                                                                                                                                    ICRIER and written commentaries on the
                                                                                                                                    research paper .



75   India Inc. for sale                       Dharmendra Bhandari           Rashmikant Durlabji     1998   p.112, pb: 21 cm        Book by Dharmendra Bhandari where he has         1. Dharmendra Bhandari - Chartered Accountant, Banker 2. Open
                                                                                                                                    put forth his views bluntly and honestly about   policy 3. Economic reforms 4. Foreign investors 5. Reserve Bank of
                                                                                                                                    his county.He is not much in favour of open      India (RBI) 6. World Bank 7. International Monetary Fund 8. Forex
                                                                                                                                    policy which the government has undertaken       Reserves 9. Foreign Potfolio Investment
                                                                                                                                    for reviving the Indian economy .

76   A new beginning: The turnaround story     Ranjana Kumar                 Tata McGraw-Hill        2008   xxi, p. 301, pb: 23.5   Account of Ranjana Kumar who as the first        1. Ranjana Kumar - first woman Chairperson and MD, Indian Bank 2.
     of Indian Bank                                                          Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                      woman Chairperson and MD of Indian Bank          Public sector bank 3. Recapitalisation 4. Non performing Assets 5.
                                                                                                                                    turned its fortune from loss making to Profit    Confederation of Indian Industry (CII)
                                                                                                                                    making bank
77   Turnaround of banks: an optical illusion   Dharmendra Bhandari       Mrs Prakash Bhandari     1996   p. 86, pb: 20.5cm        Book gives account how the                       1. Nationalisation of banks 2. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) 3. Asset
                                                                                                                                   maladministration of our nationalized banks      classification and Provisioning 4. Bank audit 5. Asset reconstruction
                                                                                                                                   has become a byword. T eauthor talks about       fund (ARF)
                                                                                                                                   the real problem of banks which are non
                                                                                                                                   performing assets and nonperforming
                                                                                                                                   employees
78   A symbiosis of Industry and Nature                                   Soonabai Pirojsha        2000   xxii, p. 138,hb: 21.5    Books on various species of fauna, flora and     1. Environment 2. Soonabai Pirojsha Godrej Foundation 3. Nature 4.
                                                                          Godrej Foundation               cm                       birds, brief information along with pictures     Bombay Natural History Society
                                                                                                                                   and images


79   Understanding Finance                                                Harvard Business School 2007    xi, p. 94, pb: 17 cm     One of the pocket mentor series on               1. Finance 2. Budget 3. Cost benefit analysis 4. Investment 5. Cash
                                                                          Press                                                    understanding finance providing expert           flow
                                                                                                                                   solutions to everyday challenges
80   Creating a business plan                                             Harvard Business School 2007    xii, p. 121, pb:17cm One of the pocket mentor series on creating a 1. Planning 2. Marketing 3. Finance
                                                                          Press                                                business plan providing expert solutions to
                                                                                                                               everyday challenges
81   Dismissing a employee                                                Harvard Business School 2007    xii, p. 81, pb:17 cm One of the pocket mentor series on dismissing
                                                                          Press                                                an employee providing expert solutions to
                                                                                                                               everyday challenges
82   Lessons from private equity any company Orit Gadiesh and Hugh        Harvard Business School 2008    p. 126, hb: 18.5 cm      Book on six private equity disciplines that      1. Private equity
     can use                                 MacArthur                    Press                                                    corporations can adopt
83   A rare legacy                              Basant Kumar Birla        Image Incorporated       1994   p. 416, hb: 24.5 cm      Memoirs of Basant Kumar Birla                    1. Basant Kumar Birla - Industrialist 2. Memoirs

84   Think Again: Why good leaders make bad     Sydney Finkelstein, Jo    Harvard Business School 2008    xiv, p. 236, hb: 23.5    The book provides a new model to help make 1. Leadership 2. Decision making
     decisions and how to keep it from          Whitehead and Andrew      Press                           cm                       better decisions
     happening to you                           Campbell
85   Project management in new product          Bruce T Barkley           Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xxxiii, p. 397, hb: 24 The book shows how to manage the           1. Project management 2. Risk analysis 3. Development process 4. The
     development                                                          Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     translation of ideas into new products and Critical chain concept 5. Portfolio management
                                                                                                                                 services using advanced project management
                                                                                                                                 tools and technique. It had detailed case
                                                                                                                                 studies and illustrations
86   Software Quality: A practitioner's         Kamna Malik and Praveen   Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xv, p. 212, hb: 23.5     The book presents a holistic framework on        1. Quality assurance 2. Framework of quality 3. Software industry 4.
     approach                                   Choudhary                 Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       software quality to understand the essence       Software development process models 5. Process automation 6.
                                                                                                                                   and nuances of various paths for achieving       Metrics management 7. ERP implementation 8. Six sigma 9.
                                                                                                                                   quality of software as a workable business       Knowledge process
                                                                                                                                   proposition




87   Hedge funds demystified                    Scott frush               Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xvii, p. 300, pb: 23.5 A self teaching guide on hedge funds               1. Hedge funds 2. Framework for hedge funds investing 3. Mutual
                                                                          Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                                                                        funds 4. Exchange traded funds 5. Relative value hedge funds 6.
                                                                                                                                                                                    Hybrid hedge funds




88   Options and futures: An Indian             D C Patwari and Anshul    Jaico Publishing house   2006   xii, p. 411, pb: 23. 5   The book provides an in-depth look at futures    1. Futures and Options 2. Derivative instruments 3. Regulatory
     Perspective                                Bhargava                                                  cm                       and options stategies and information related    framework 4. Indian stock market 5. Stock index future 6. Foreign
                                                                                                                                   to accounting and taxation of derivatives from   currency derivatives 7. Option trading strategies 8. Interest rate
                                                                                                                                   Indian perspective. The book also covers         derivatives 9. Currency swaps
                                                                                                                                   interest rate, foreign exchange futures and
                                                                                                                                   other derivatives including swaps and FRAs


89   Guide to Redevelopment of housing          K K Ramani                Current publications     2008   x, p. 469, pb: 23.5      Guidelines for redevelopment housing             1. Housing societies 2. Tax impications 3. Service tax 4. Works contract
     societies                                                                                            cm                       societies                                        tax (WCT) 5. VAT 6. Input tax credits MVAT Act, 2002




90   Invest the happionaire way                 Yogesh Chabria            Network 18               2008   p. 86, hb: 23 cm         Book on helping understanding investing in       1. Yogesh Chabria - Investor 2. Indian Stock market 3. Investment
                                                                                                                                   easy way, simple, fun and interesting way
91    Financial instruments standards           Pooja Gupta                   Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xv, p. -, hb: 23 cm    The book provides rules and supplements the 1. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 2. Standards 3.
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                     application guidance with interpretation and Embedded derivatives 4. Debt equity 5. Hedge accounts
                                                                                                                                     analyses. It gives information about hedge
                                                                                                                                     accounting and embedded derivates and
                                                                                                                                     derecognition of financial instruments.
92    The handbook of program management        James T Brown                 Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   vii, 253, hb: 23 cm    The book gives program managers at all levels 1. Portfolio management 2. Program process strategy 3. Program risk
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                     the techniques to put such processes in place management 4. Stake holder management 5. Program execution
                                                                                                                                     and integrate new technology and new people processes
                                                                                                                                     into these processes thereby producing
                                                                                                                                     superior products and services


93    Fixed income securities                   Dun and Bradstreet            Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   vi, p. 170, hb: 23 cm The book explains various facets of Indian        1. Indian fixed income market 2. Government securities market 3.
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                    fixed income markets.                             Treasury bills 4. The barbell strategy 5. Interest rate 6. Exchange rate
                                                                                                                                                                                      7. Forward curve analysis 8. Index of Industrial production 9. Exchange
                                                                                                                                                                                      traded interest rate derivatives 10. Macroeconomics




94    The say it with charts complete toolkit   Gene Zelazny                  Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   ix, p. 298, pb: 23 cm Through this book the autohr provides time        1. Visual concepts 2. Pie chart 3. Bar chart 4. Correlation comparison
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                    tested tips for putting messages in visual form   5. Time series comparison
                                                                                                                                    and translating data into eye catching
                                                                                                                                    persuasive charts and multimedia
                                                                                                                                    presentations
95    Unlock behaviour unleash profits          Leslie Wilk Braksick          Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xxiii, p. 244, hb: 23 The book gives tools and methods used by the      1. Science of behaviour 2. The IMPACT model 3. ABC analysis 4. E-TIP
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                    largest behaviorally based management             Analysis 5. Behavioural feedback
                                                                                                                                    consulting firm in the world- CLG

96    Financial supply chain                    Sanjay Dalmia                 Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xiv, p. 221, hb: 23    The book defines the concept of financial       1. Trade services 2. Physical supply chain 3. E-financial supply chain 4.
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     supply chain on the basis of existing practices Contract Act 5. Electronic commerce law 6. Negotiable Instruments
                                                                                                                                     and changes that are taking place at banks and Act
                                                                                                                                     businesses

97    Evaluating training programs              Donald L Kirkpatrick and      Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xvii, p. 379, hb: 23   The book is designed for practitioners in the    1. Reaction evaluation 2. Learning evaluation 3. Behavior evaluation 4.
                                                James D Kirkpatrick           Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     training field who plan, implement and           Result evaluation 5. Ten step process 6. Leadership development
                                                                                                                                     evaluate training programs. The book serves      program
                                                                                                                                     as a handy reference guide that provides a
                                                                                                                                     practical and proven model for increasing
                                                                                                                                     training effectiveness through evaluation

98    Measure of a leader                       Aubrey C Daniels and James    Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   x, p. 208, hb: 23 cm   The book reveals how to lead more effectively 1. Leadership measurement 2. Leadership
                                                E Daniels                     Publishing Co. Ltd                                     by becoming a critical observer of human
                                                                                                                                     behavior. The authors provide a scientifically
                                                                                                                                     grounded approach to measuring the effect of
                                                                                                                                     your actions on people and then using
                                                                                                                                     information to inspire above and beyond
                                                                                                                                     performance


99    Honglou Forutnes : Wealth for             Rena He Hanxi                 John Wiley & Sons Inc.   2009   xi, p. 210, pb: 21 cm The narrates the unchanging principles of         1. Wealth management 2. Family finances 3. Investment portfolio
      generations                                                                                                                   wealth management and investment. The
                                                                                                                                    book brings the abstract concepts of wealth
                                                                                                                                    management.
100   36 stratagems for investors               Rena He Hanxi, Nian Liu and   John Wiley & Sons        2009   xiii, p. 216, pb: 21   The book offers arresting anecdotes of          1. Mutual funds 2.Investments 3. Wealth management
                                                Joe Jiang Xing                (Asia) Pte Ltd                  cm                     military tactics and mutual fund investing tips


101   IT and the east                           James M Popkin and Partha     Harvard Business School 2007    x, p. 226, hb: 23.5    Book on how China and India are powerhouse 1. China 2. India 3. Information technology
                                                Iyengar                       Press                           cm                     of IT and technology and how the two
                                                                                                                                     combined together can compete with
                                                                                                                                     Western firms
102   Future Energry                              Bill Paul                     John Wiley & Sons Inc.   2007   xi, p. 226, hb: 23 cm The book will help understand and benefit       1. New oil industry 2. Biofuel 3. New oil economy 4. Biofuel market
                                                                                                                                      from new oil industry by identifying disruptive economy
                                                                                                                                      new technologies and infrastructure providers
                                                                                                                                      of new oil industry


103   Wall street's buried treasure               Harvey I Houtkin              John Wiley & Sons Inc.   2008   xiii, p. 174, hb: 23   In this book the author examines how to           1. Wall street 2. low priced value stocks 3. Investment 4. Finance
                                                                                                                cm                     identify the lowpriced value stocks invest in     portfolio
                                                                                                                                       them, maintain a diversified portfolio and stay
                                                                                                                                       within risk parameters
104   Financial innovations and market            Merton H Miller               Blackwell                1991   xii, p. 288, hb: 23 cm The book is based on series of non-technical      1. Index futures 2. Liquidity 3. Market structure 4. Financial
      volatility                                                                                                                       papers on modern financial innovations that       innovations 5. Index arbitrage 6. Margin regulation 7. US futures
                                                                                                                                       have created excessive marjet volatility          exchanges 8. Short term trading



105   The end of food                             Paul Roberts                  Bloomsbury               2008   xxvi, p. 390, pb: 22.5 Book provides insights in the crisis coming in    1. World Food industry 2. Food Consumption 3. Super markets 4.
                                                                                                                cm                     the world food industry                           Farming 5. World Health Organization 6. Destructive farming
                                                                                                                                                                                         techniques



106   Effects of future markets on Agricultural   Edited by Madhoo Pavaskar     TAER (Takshashila        2009   p. 223, hb: 23 cm      The book is a collection of papers presented at   1. Agriculture commodities 2. Future markets 3. Commodity future
      commodities                                                               Academy of Economic                                    the seminaron Agro Commodity Futures in           markets 4. Risk management 5. Agro commodities 6. Oil futures 7.
                                                                                Research)                                              India: Impact on Production and prices,           Pulses commodity market 8. Future trading 9. Indian Agro market 10.
                                                                                                                                       organized by MCX Academia of Economic             TAER (Takshashila Academy of Economic Research)
                                                                                                                                       Research.




107   Be unreasonable: The unconventional         Paul Lemberg                  Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xiv, p. 218, pb: 22    The author talks about having unreasonable
      way to extraordinary business results                                     Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     strategies for unprecedent success in business
                                                                                                                                       and also in life
108   Financial Planning: a ready reckoner        Madhu Sinha                   Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xiv, p.270, pb: 22 cm Book on complete financial planning                1. Financial planning 2. Financial planners 3. Investment 4. Annuity 5.
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd                                                                                       Retirement planning 6. PPF, EPF, Bonds 7. Mutual funds




109   Timing the stock                            Colin Alexander               Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xv. P. 364, pb: 22 cm The authors gives timing signals on can use to     1. Stock market 2.Bull market 3. Finance management 4. Investments
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd                                    capture rising stocks. The readers get market      5. Mutual funds 6.
                                                                                                                                      proen techniques for determining when to
                                                                                                                                      buy or sell the stock based on what is
                                                                                                                                      happening in the market
110   Bonds: The unbeaten path to secure          Hildy Richelson and Stan      Bloomberg Press          2009   xxi, p. 387, pb: 22   The book is designed to educate investors and      1. Bonds 2. Bond portfolio 3. Municipal bonds 4. Corporate bonds 5.
      investment growth                           Richelson                                                     cm                    financial advisers. It explains why bonds can      Savings bonds 6. Bond investment strategy
                                                                                                                                      be the right choice and how to use them to
                                                                                                                                      achieve financial goal

111   Silicon Dragon: how China is winning the Rebecca A Fannin                 Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xxii, p. 183, hb: 23   The book is on interviews with china's hottest 1. Technology 2. Robin Li - founder of Baidu, search engine 3. Jack Ma
      tech race                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     up-and-comers, young entrepreneurs who         - Internet entrepreneur, Alibaba Group, 4. Peggy YuYu - Cofounder
                                                                                                                                       want to make China the next big thing.         and CoPresident of Dangdang.com, online retailer of books




112   Financial Intelligence for HR professionals Karen Berman and Joe Knight   Harvard Business School 2008    xv, p. 292, pb: 23 cm The book helps HR professionals to                 1. Liabilities 2. Equity 3. cash flow 4. Return on Investment 5. Working
                                                                                Press                                                 understand the income statements and               capital management
                                                                                                                                      balance sheets, common financial terms and
                                                                                                                                      tools and how to gauge the company's
                                                                                                                                      performance and make better departmental
                                                                                                                                      and strategic decisions
113   All about asset allocation                Richard A Ferri                 Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xv, p. 302, pb: 22 cm Complete book on asset allocation                  1. Investment 2. Equity investment 3. Real estate investment 4.
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd                                                                                       Investment portfolio 5. International equity investment




114   Futures and Options                       N D Vohra and B R Bagri         N D Vohra and B R Bagri 2003    xix, p. 384, pb: 22cm The book discusses the use of future contracts 1. Indian stock market 2. Futures and Options markets 3. Derivatives
                                                                                                                                      by various market players, valuation of stock markets 4. Futures contracts 5. Stock indices 6. Equity options 7. Black
                                                                                                                                      options by Black and Scholes mode, volatility and Scholes model 8. indian securities market
                                                                                                                                      and derivatives of model, stock indices and
                                                                                                                                      overview of Indian stock market



115   Reawakening the spirit in work: the       Jack hawley                     Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xii, p. 212, pb: 22 cm The author shows how successful leaders or
      power of Dharmic management                                               Publishing Co. Ltd                                     managers who are motivated by spiritual
                                                                                                                                       vision liberate the best in people an dexplains
                                                                                                                                       why all leadership is spiritual. The book give
                                                                                                                                       outlines certain qualities that are key factors
                                                                                                                                       in an enterprise's success

116   Managing your portfolio                   Frank Yao, Bret Xu and          Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xx, p. 283, pb: 22.5     Guide to manage finance / investment            1. Asset allocation 2. Quantitative asset allocation 3. Stocks 4. Funds 5.
                                                others                          Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       portfolio                                       Mutual funds


117   Financial intelligence for IT professionals Karen Berman and Joe Knight   Harvard Business School 2008    xv, p. 296, pb: 22.8     The book helps HR professionals to              1. Liabilities 2. Equity 3. cash flow 4. Return on Investment 5. Working
                                                                                Press                           cm                       understand the income statements and            capital management
                                                                                                                                         balance sheets, common financial terms and
                                                                                                                                         tools and how to gauge the company's
                                                                                                                                         performance and make decisions that are
                                                                                                                                         aligned with its financial situation

118   Financial Darwinism: create value or self Leo M Tilman                    John Wiley & Sons Inc.   2009   xx, p. 172, hb: 23 cm The book explores why and how financial        1. Financial revolution 2. Financial institutions 3. Capital structure 4.
      destruct in a world of risk                                                                                                     firms must continously evolve. The book        Value creation 5. Financial crisis 6. Economic performance
                                                                                                                                      analyses the strategic, investment, regulatory
                                                                                                                                      and public policy implications.


119   The branding of MTV: Will internet kill   Paul Temporal                   John Wiley & Sons        2008   xi, p. 246, hb: 22cm     The book provides a practical demonstration     1. Global brand equity 2. Youth culture 3. MTV 4. Brand development
      the video star                                                            (Asia) Pte Ltd                                           of how to build and manage a brand culture      5. Brand anatomy
                                                                                                                                         face change consistently in local and global
                                                                                                                                         markets
120   Global brand integrity management         Richard S Post and Peneloe N    Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xv, p. 309, hb: 23 cm The book gives a blueprint for developing and 1. Brand integrity 2. Corporate and Sector policies 3. Program
                                                Post                            Publishing Co. Ltd                                    maintaining an integrity program that         development 4. Brand integrity process
                                                                                                                                      preserves the brand's reputation, ensures
                                                                                                                                      product protection and increases
                                                                                                                                      competitiveness in the global marketplace


121   Managing performance to maximize                                          Harvard Business School 2007    vii, p. 183, pb: 21 cm The book provides strategies to maximize          1. Performance appraisal 2. Performance management 3.
      results                                                                   Press                                                  teams performance and results                     Performance measurement


122   The change cycle: How people can          Ann Salerno & Lillie Brock      Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xi, p. 200, pb: 21 cm In the book the authors help copwe explaining
      survive and thrive in organizational                                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                    the six predictable and sequential stages of
      change                                                                                                                          change loss, doubt, discomfort and others and
                                                                                                                                      offer examples, tools, success strategies so
                                                                                                                                      one can move resourcefully through each
                                                                                                                                      stage of change


123   Agenda for a new economy: From            David C Korten                  Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   xiii, p. 196, pb: 20.5   Book on the failed economic system. The         1. Economic failure 2. Wall Street 3. Financial services 4. Real wealth
      Phantonm wealth to real wealth                                            Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       author identifies the deeper sources of failure economy
                                                                                                                                         and says that hope does not lie with Wall
                                                                                                                                         Street but with main street, which creates
                                                                                                                                         wealth from real resources to meet real
                                                                                                                                         needs.
124   The seven secrets of influence          Elaina Zuker            Penguin Portfolio        2009   xx, p. 259, pb: 21 cm In this book the author, communication expert 1. Influence factors 2. Personal influence action plan 3. Organizational
                                                                                                                            outlines clear steps to show how anyone can structure 4. Analyst style 5. Pragmatist style 6. Preservationist style 7.
                                                                                                                            have influence                                Catalyst style 8. Strategist style 9. Idealist style




125   Global business power plays                                     Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   ix, p. 149, pb: 21 cm The chapters in this book address real life     Narratives of 1. China in the internet market 2. Ratan Tata 3. Soviet
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                    situations where best practice are at work in Russia 4. Toyota auto industry 5. Toshiba
                                                                                                                            large companies. It also contains narratives of
                                                                                                                            various companies
126   Face the media                          Judith Byrne            UBS Publishers'          2002   p. 142, pb: 21 cm      Through this book one will know what to do to 1. Mediums of media 2. Journalism 3. Radio 4.Television 5. Crisis in
                                                                      Distributors Pvt Ltd                                   get great media coverage.                     media


127   Personality not included                Rohit Bhargava          Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xiv, p. 300, hb: 21    The book is a powerhouse resource packed     1. Organizations personality 2. Marketing styles
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     with new insights that show you how to shed
                                                                                                                             the lifeless armor of business and redicover
                                                                                                                             the soul of brand
128   Understanding stocks                    Michael Sincere         Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   ix, p. 196, pb: 21 cm Book on understanding stocks                       1. Stock market 2. Investment 3. Investment Strategies 4. Trading
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                                                                       strategies 5. Fundamental analysis 6. Technical analysis

129   The articulate executive in action      Granville N Toogood     Tata McGraw-Hill         2005   xiii, p. 177, pb: 21   In this book the author introduces principles 1
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     of competence, clarity and communication
                                                                                                                             and changed the way managers at companies
                                                                                                                             around the world express themselves

130   A second career                         Walter E Vieira         Jaico Publishing house   2001   p.200, pb: 21 cm      The book describes a retirement plan covering      1. Retirement plans 2. Voluntary retirement
                                                                                                                            all aspects, mental attitude, finance health,
                                                                                                                            living arrangements, work paid or voluntary
                                                                                                                            and leisure.
131   9 secrets of advertising                Ram Sehgal              Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   viii, p. 114, pb: 22  In this book the author delineates nine key        1. Advertising 2. Creativity 3. Media 4. Planning 5. Finance
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                    areas as the focal point for leading change
                                                                                                                            processes in advertising agencies
132   Customer obsession                      Abaete de Azevedo and   Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xi, p. 226, pb: 22 cm Book on customer relationship and creating a       1. Relationship marketing strategies 2. Database intelligence 3.
                                              Ricardo Pomeranz        Publishing Co. Ltd                                    marketing strategy that improves                   Customers worth 4. Marketing communication
                                                                                                                            communication, customer retention and
                                                                                                                            generates results
133   Implementation                          Alan P Brache and Sam   Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xii, p. 195, pb: 22.5 In this book the authors describe critical         1. Strategic culture 2. Initiatives 3. Program management 4. Strategy
                                              Bodley Scott            Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                    factors for transforming organization into an      implementation 5. Execution
                                                                                                                            action oriented enterprise, to identify and
                                                                                                                            priortize initiatives that support firm's
                                                                                                                            strategic vision and deliver initiatives on time
                                                                                                                            and on budget
134   Technical analysis for the rest of us   Clifford Pistolese      Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xiv, p. 198, pb: 22    The book shows how to use the predictive          1. Technical analysis 2. Portfolio management 3. Moving averages 4.
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     advantages of technical analysis in your own      Stock market 5. Volume analysis 6. Real estate investment trusts
                                                                                                                             investing program to accurately forecast          (REITs)
                                                                                                                             pending price moves


135   The standard and poor's guide to long   Joseph R Tigue          Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xv, p. 159, pb: 22 cm Book on understanding long term investing          1. Investment 2. Stock market 3. Diversification 4. Individual
      term investing                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd                                                                                       Retirement Account 5. Mutual funds 6. Direct investment



136   Winning the wealth game: Cricket        Sanjiv Mehta            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xv, p.266, pb: 22.5    The book emphasis on how to invest wisely, it 1. Behavioural finance 2. Insurance 3. Retirement planning 4.
      strategist for financial freedom                                Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     gives characteristics of the different financial Investment taxation 5. Derivatives 6. Structures products 7. Small
                                                                                                                             assets and advises how they should be            saving schemes
                                                                                                                             combined effectively to achieve a balanced
                                                                                                                             portfolio of investment

137   Eat that frog                           Brian Tracy             Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xiv, p. 128, pb: 21    The book shows how to zero in on the critical 1
                                                                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     tasks and organize each day. The author
                                                                                                                             comes to the point of what is vital to effective
                                                                                                                             time management: decision, discipline and
                                                                                                                             determination
138   Always on                                  Christopher Vollmer and     Tata McGraw-Hill           2008   p. 215, pb:20.5 cm        The book introduces the companies that are 1. Advertising 2. Marketing 3. Media 4. Consumer
                                                 Geoffrey Precourt           Publishing Co. Ltd                                          reshaping the ways we will reach costomers in
                                                                                                                                         the future, it gives profiles of the best in the
                                                                                                                                         business and deep explorations of the most
                                                                                                                                         effective innovations and strategies in the
                                                                                                                                         marketing world

139   The first 90 days                          Michael D Watkins           Harvard Business School 2007      xvi, p. 254, hb: 21       The book outlines proven strategies, help       1. Productive working relationsip 2. Personal credibility 3.
                                                                             Press                             cm                        readers with launching a start up or sustaining Organization Architecture 4. Mapping networks
                                                                                                                                         a high performing unit. The book will help to
                                                                                                                                         develop a transition acceleration plan

140   All about stock market strategies          David Brown and Kassandra   Tata McGraw-Hill           2008   xviii, p. 249, pb: 22.3 Book on stock market strategist                    1. Investing process 2. Momentum investing 3.Technical investing 4.
                                                 Bentley                     Publishing Co. Ltd                cm                                                                         Investing strategy 5. Growth investing
141   Basics of investing in stock market        Ashish Choraria             Law Point                  2008   xvi, p. -, pb: 20.7 cm The book gives basic knowledge and tools            1. Mutual funds 2. Gold exchange traded funds 3. Net assets value 4.
                                                                                                                                       which will help investors understand the           Exchange traded funds 5. Index funds 6. Debt equity ratio 7. Interest
                                                                                                                                       markets better and take decisions on a more        coverage ratio 8. Initial Public Offer (IPO) 9. Valuation of shares 10.
                                                                                                                                       informed and systematic basis                      Derivatives 11. Investor protection guidelines

142   Make or Break                              Kaj Grichnik and Conrad     Tata McGraw-Hill           2008   p. 220, pb: 20 cm         The book gives full profiles of the              1
                                                 Winkler                     Publishing Co. Ltd                                          manufacturing innovations in every business
                                                                                                                                         sector, revealing the most effective
                                                                                                                                         manufacturing innovations and strategies

143   5 minds for the future                     Howard Gardner              Harvard Business School 2008      xxii, p. 196, pb: 20.3 The book provides valuable tools for those    1. Ethical mind 2. Discilpined mind 3. Synthsizing mind
                                                                             Press                             cm                     who are looking ahead to the next generation
                                                                                                                                      of leaders and for the one who is striving to
                                                                                                                                      excel in our increasingly complex world

144   Plugged in                                 Tamara Erickson             Harvard Business School 2008      xxiii, p. 270, pb: 20.5   The book is a guide for next generation for       1. Soft skills 2. Multigenerational workforce 3. Communication
                                                                             Press                             cm                        thriving at work
145   Catch: a fishmonger's guide to greatness Cyndi Crother and others      Tata McGraw-Hill        2006      xiv, p. 147, pb: 20.5     The book is the story behind the hype and it 1. Communication 2. Oppurtunities 3. Transformation 4. Inspiration
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                cm                        relates the real expereinces of the
                                                                                                                                         fishmongers who work at Pike Place Fish. The
                                                                                                                                         individual stories illustrate the principles that
                                                                                                                                         guide Pike Place Fish and will inspire you to
                                                                                                                                         create new possibilities in our own life, teach
                                                                                                                                         new ways of dealing with problems and help
                                                                                                                                         inpursuing dreams and aspirations

146   Instant systems                            Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill           2006   xxi, p. 106, pb: 22   The book is about systems and how one can            1. Profits 2.Productivity 3. Efficiency 4. Implementation of Systems
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                cm                    introduce them in business. The author gives
                                                                                                                                     the entire process of systemizing the business
                                                                                                                                     in this book
147   The seven triggers to yes                  Russell H Granger           Tata McGraw-Hill           2008   xviii, 249, pb: 22 cm The book explains a framework to make                1. Persuasion 2. Decision management 3. Authority 4. Consistency 5.
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                      implementation 100% effective in a short time        Oppurtunities 6. Communications
                                                                                                                                     frame and with total buy in
148   Strategic thinker: Mallika Srinivasan      Srinivas Pandit             Tata McGraw-Hill           2007   xi, p. 58, pb: 22 cm The book profiles Mallika Srinivasan, director        1. Mallika Srinivasan - Director, Tractors and Farm Equipment Ltd
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                      of TAFE, known as the Tractor Queen of India         (TAFE)

149   80/20 CEO: Vaman Kamath                    Srinivas Pandit             Tata McGraw-Hill           2007   xii, p. 81, pb: 22 cm     The book profiles Vaman Kamath, Chairman,        1. Vaman Kamath - Chairman, ICICI Bank
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                          ICICI Bank

150   You are the modern financial advisor       N Ashok Kumar               The Institute of                  vii, p. 263, pb: 21 cm The book is exclusively for the life insurance      1. The Institute of Insurance Sales Training 2. Financial advisor 3. Unit
                                                                             Insurance Sales Training                                 salesperson                                         linked insurance 4. Investment risk 5. Investment analysis

151   Business as usual                          R C Betala                  Sponsored by Betala               p. 60, pb: 20.3 cm        A short note on depository                       1. Stock exchange 2. Depository Participants 3. National Securities
                                                                             stock broking ltd                                                                                            Depository Ltd (NSDL) 4. National Stock Exchange (NSE) 5. National
                                                                                                                                                                                          Depository system 6. Credit policy 7. Demat securities 8.
                                                                                                                                                                                          Dematerialisation
152   Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives Dr. Bindi Mehta            The Institute of       2003       p. 120, pb: 21 cm         Book on the research study on Corporate          1. Corporate Social Responsibility 2. The Institute of Company
      of Indian companies: content                                           Company secretaries of                                      Social Responsibility initiatives of Indian      secretaries of India Centre for Corporate Research and Training 3. Dr.
      implementation strategies and impact                                   India Centre for                                            companies: content implementation                Bindi Mehta - Director, Research, ICSI-CCRT
                                                                             Corporate Research and                                      strategies and impact under taken at ICSI CCRT
                                                                             Training                                                    by Dr. Bindi Mehta.
153   Capital Market: a consumers handbook     D G Kodwani                   Consumer Education     1993    p. 82, pb: 20.5 cm     Handbook on capital market                        1. Primary market 2. Secondary market 3. Financial securities 4.
                                                                             and Research Centre,                                                                                    Derivative instruments 5. Merchant banking 6. Debt instruments 7.
                                                                             Ahmedabad                                                                                               Equity instruments 8. Unit Trust of India (UTI) 9. Stock Exchange 10.
                                                                                                                                                                                     Securities and Exchange board of India (SEBI) 11. Portfolio
                                                                                                                                                                                     management 12. Investor protection
154   Mutual funds: the myth and the realty    Debashis Basu                 Consumer Education      1996   p. 77, pb: 21 cm       Simple guide to help understand mutual            1. Mutual funds 2. Index 3. Regulatory framework 4. Performance
                                                                             and Research Centre,                                  funds, how they perform etc
                                                                             Ahmedabad
155   Investors guide                                                        Voluntary Organisation 2006    ix, p. 114, pb: 21 cm Guide for investors                             1. Financial market 2. Investors 3. Mutual fund 4. Demat account 5.
                                                                             in Interest of Consumer                                                                              Online trading 6. Credit rating agencies 7. Law enforcement agencies
                                                                             Education (VOICE)                                                                                    8. National Securities Depository Ltd (NSDL) 9. Central Depository
                                                                                                                                                                                  Services Ltd (CDSL)
156   Equity shares, preferrred shares and     Sunil K Parameswaran          Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    ix, p. 90, pb: 22 cm   The book is a part of the Securities market    1. Securities market 2. Equity shares 3. Preferred shares 3. Stock
      stock market indices                                                   Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and provides in-depth exposition on the market indices 4. Margin trading
                                                                                                                                   topics in a concise and lucid mannner and
                                                                                                                                   gives a lot of pertinent examples

157   Interest rates and time value of money   Sunil K Parameswaran          Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    ix,p. 62, pb:22cm      The book is a part of the Securities market    1. Interest rates 2. Simple interest 3. Compound interest 4. Future
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and provides in-depth exposition on the value 5. Annuities 6. Raffles Housing Finance Corporation
                                                                                                                                   topics in a concise and lucid mannner and
                                                                                                                                   gives a lot of pertinent examples

158   Bond valuation, yield measures and the   Sunil K Parameswaran          Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    ix, p. 85, pb: 22cm    The book is a part of the Securities market    1. Bond valuation 2. Yield measures 3. Callable bonds 4. Puttable
      term structure                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and provides in-depth exposition on the bonds 5. Convertible bonds 6.Floating rate bonds 7. Portfolio yield 8.
                                                                                                                                   topics in a concise and lucid mannner and      Coupon yield curves 9. Par bond yield curves
                                                                                                                                   gives a lot of pertinent examples

159   Fundamentals of Options                  Sunil K Parameswaran          Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    ix, p. 70, pb: 22.2 cm The book is a part of the Securities market    1.Options 2. Contract value margining 3. Stock splits 4. Stock
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and provides in-depth exposition on the dividends 5. Arbitrage restrictions
                                                                                                                                   topics in a concise and lucid mannner and
                                                                                                                                   gives a lot of pertinent examples

160   The missionary: Amrita Patel             Shrinivas Pandit              Tata McGraw-Hill       2008    xi, p. 77, pb:22cm     The book is a part of Leadership Essentials       1. Amrita Patel - Chairman, National Dairy Development Board (NDDB)
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and profiles Amrita Patel, Chairman        2. Cooperative venture
                                                                                                                                   NDDB
161   Change agent: J J Irani                  Shrinivas Pandit              Tata McGraw-Hill       2008    ix, p. 59, pb: 22cm    The book is a part of Leadership Essentials       1. J J Irani - Former MD, TISCO (Tata Steel)
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and profiles J J Irani, Former MD, TISCO
                                                                                                                                   (Tata Steel)
162   Nurturing Leader: Prathap Reddy          Shrinivas Pandit              Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    xi, p. 63, pb: 22 cm   The book is a part of Leadership Essentials       1. Prathap Reddy - Chairman, Apollo Hospitals Enterprises Ltd
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and profiles Prathap Reddy, Chairman,
                                                                                                                                   Apollo Hospitals Enterprises Ltd

163   Quality leader: Venu Srinivasan          Shrinivas Pandit              Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    xii, p. 68, pb: 22cm   The book is a part of Leadership Essentials       1. Venu Srinivasan - MD TVS Group
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    series and profiles Venu Srinivasan, MD TVS
                                                                                                                                   Group
164   Total performance scorecard              Hubert K Rampersad and Kari   Tata McGraw-Hill       2004    p. 143, pb: 21 cm      The book is self assessment work book             1. Change management 2. Organisation
                                               Tuominen                      Publishing Co. Ltd
165   What they don’t teach you at B-School    Meenakshi Radhakrishnan-      Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    ix, p. 172, pb: 21 cm The book is a part of the Business Essentials      1. Manager 2. Global management 3. Entreneurship
                                               Swami                         Publishing Co. Ltd                                   series. The book helps understand corporate
                                                                                                                                  life better and helps to transform from
                                                                                                                                  manager into a leader. The book gives
                                                                                                                                  opinions and expereinces of some of the
                                                                                                                                  industry leaders

166   Empressions                              Sainath Nagarajan             Frog Books             2005    p. 113. pb: 21 cm      The book is a collection of poems

167   Legal aspects of Property Transactions in S R Agrawal                  Accomodation times     2008    p. 222, pb: 21 cm      Book on legal aspects involved in property        1. Tripartite agreements 2. CIDCO 3. Publication houses 4. APMC
      Maharashtra                                                                                                                  transaction in Maharashtra                        Traders 5. Equitable mortage 6. Leave and license agreement 7.
                                                                                                                                                                                     Disposition of property
168   Design definitions                       K Munshi                                             2007    p. 77, pb: 19.5 cm     Book on various definitions of Design

169   The war for wealth                       Gabor Steingart               Tata McGraw-Hill       2008    xii, p. 297, hb: 23 cm In the book the author examines how               1. Globalization 2. Economic crisis 3. Industrial capitalism
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                    globalization has affected the state of the
                                                                                                                                   world's economy. The author lays out three
170       Reengineering the corporation: a          Michael Hammer and James     Nicholas Brealey     1993   p. 223, hb: 23 cm       This book shows the managers how to rethink 1. Business Processes 2. Information Technology 3. Reengineering
          manifesto for business revolution         Champy                       Publishing                                          boldly to yield the dramatic improvements for oppurtunities 4. Change management
                                                                                                                                     companies to compete successfully in a
                                                                                                                                     changing world
171       Unleashing the knowledge                Ganesh Natarajan and Uma       Tata McGraw-Hill     2007   xiv, p. 171, hb: 23     The book traces the impact of knowledge         1. Knowledge management 2. Knowledge economy 3. Knowledge
          force:Harnessing knowledge for building Ganesh                         Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                      force in the early stages of a business and     Management Maturity Model (KMMM) 4. Software industry
          global companies                                                                                                           throws light on the different frameworks of
                                                                                                                                     knowledge force revelant to businesses, it also
                                                                                                                                     present Knowledge Management Maturity
                                                                                                                                     Model (KMMM) for describing different
                                                                                                                                     stages of growth in business

172 (2)   Lead like an entrepreneur                 Neal Thornberry              Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   xv, p. 272, hb: 23.5    The book reveals how to harness the creativity 1. Entrepreneural spirit 2. Strategic plans 3. The trait approach 4.
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                      and innovative thinking of entrepreneurs and Leadership 5. Entrepreneurial Orientation Survey
                                                                                                                                     use it as a solution to the organizational
                                                                                                                                     problems


173       All about stock                           Esme Faerber                 Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   ix, p. 339, pb: 22.5    Book on easy steps to understand stocks         1. Stock market 2. Technical analysis 3. Mutual funds 4. Portfolio
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                                                                      management 5. Price earning ratio



174       All about hedge funds                     Robert A Jaeger              Tata McGraw-Hill     2003   xvi, p. 309, pb: 22.5   Book on easy steps to understand hedge          1. Hedge funds 2. Hedge fund manager 3. Futures and Options 4.
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                      funds                                           Regulatory 5. Global asset allocations 6. Equity hedge funds 7.
                                                                                                                                                                                     Relative value investing




175       If its raining in Brazil, buy starbucks   Peter Navarro                Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   xvii, p. 269, pb: 22.3 The book introduces the market proven power 1. Macrotrading 2. Macrowave investing 3. Trade deficit trap
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                     of macrotrading and shows how to increase
                                                                                                                                    trading precision by more precisely
                                                                                                                                    quantifying the impact of economic events on
                                                                                                                                    specific sectors of the stock market

176       Rainbow's End: A memoir of childhood,     Lauren St. John              Hamish Hamilton      2007   xix, p. 277, pb: 23     Memoirs of lauren St. John which explores the 1. Memoirs 2. Literature 3. Lauren St. john
          war and an African farm                                                imprint of Penguin          cm                      era of white colonialism as well as the shock
                                                                                 books                                               yet euphoria of Zimbabwean independence in
                                                                                                                                     the early 1980s

177       The solution centric organization         Keith M Eades and Robert E   Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   xxiv, p. 284, hb: 23    The book provides a ramework for moving         1. Product marketing alignment 2. Sales management 3. Performance
                                                    Kear                         Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                      companies away from a product/price and         4. Problem solution mapping
                                                                                                                                     commodity orientation to a successful
                                                                                                                                     solution centric approach
178       Complex issues management: strategies     Ranjan Das and Kajari        Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   x, p. 397, hb: 22cm     Book on how simple issues become complex        1. Complex issues management 2. Delhi transport corporation 3.CNG
          and tactics                               Mukherjee                    Publishing Co. Ltd                                  over a period of time through a combination     Test case 4. IGL , organisation
                                                                                                                                     of disbelief, inaction wrong action and
                                                                                                                                     absence of coordination
179       Optimizing the organization: unleashing Subhash Khare                  Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   xviii, p. 194, hb: 22.5 The book provides a holistic view on            1. Improvement metrics 2. Optimization 3.Return on investment 4.
          the potential of practices, processes and                              Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                      synergizing the nascent potential within        Process of decision making
          people                                                                                                                     practices, processes and people. It takes the
                                                                                                                                     process-view of an organization and covers
                                                                                                                                     the various approaches for improvement with
                                                                                                                                     focus on optimization
180       Financial risk management                 Dun and Bradstreet           Tata McGraw-Hill     2007   vi, p. 170, hb: 23 cm The book discusses various methods available      1. Risk management 2. Credit risk 3. Market risk 4. Asset liability
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd                                  for measuring credit risk, market risk and      management 5. Derivative 6. Management information system (MIS)
                                                                                                                                     operational risk



181       All about derivatives                     Michael Durbin               Tata McGraw-Hill     2006   xiv, p. 253, pb: 22.5   Books on easy way to understand derivatives     1. Derivatives 2. Option Contract 3. Swap contract 4. Crdit contracts 5.
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd          cm                                                                      Interest rate
182   The Wall Street Diet                       Charles C Poirier, Michael J   Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xiii, p. 202, pb: 22.3   The book is a guide to organizational lifestyle 1. Six Sigma 2. Management
                                                 Bauer and William F Houser     Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       change that will help companies become more
                                                                                                                                         efficient and achievable sustainable long term
                                                                                                                                         growth
183   Fast innovation                            Michael L George, James        Tata McGraw-Hill         2005   xvi, p. 335, pb: 22      Book on innovation being a critical driver of    1. Innovation 2. Business processes 3. Disruptive innovation
                                                 Works and Kimberly Watson-     Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       growth, the authors provide a blue print for
                                                 Hemphill                                                                                exploiting the strategic and operational
                                                                                                                                         dimensions of innovation
184   Six Sigma execution                        George Eckes                   Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   x, p. 278, pb: 22.3       The book describes business acumen and          1. Six Sigma 2. Management 3. Execution of Six Sigma
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       leadership skills needed to effectively
                                                                                                                                         incorporate Six Sigma into an organization's
                                                                                                                                         DNA, executing intiatives throughout the
                                                                                                                                         entire company
185   The art of retail buying                   Marie-Louise Jacbsen           John Wiley & Sons        2009   xvi, p. 405, pb: 23      The books provides information on retail         1. Retail formats 2. Customer 3. Management 4. Merchandise 5.
                                                                                (Asia) Pte Ltd                  cm                       buying, product development, building and        Budget 6. Brand strategy
                                                                                                                                         creating brands and buy-sell negotiations

186   The Holy grail of macro economics:         Richard C Koo                  John Wiley & Sons        2008   xv, p. 296, pb: 23 cm The book presents a brilliant and original    1. Japan's recession 2. Fiscal policy 3. Foreign exchange 4.
      lessons from Japan's great recession                                      (Asia) Pte Ltd                                        framework for understanding and overcoming Globalization 5. Economic crisis 6. Macroeconomies
                                                                                                                                      a post bubble economic crisis such as the one
                                                                                                                                      the world faces today
187   9 elements of family business success      Allen E Fishman                Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   xix, p. 278, pb: 23      The book addresses the challenges faced by     1. Compensation for family members employed 2. Grooming 3. Hiring
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       owners of family businesses and it shows       4. Firing 5. Culture of Family business
                                                                                                                                         family members employed in the business
                                                                                                                                         how to enjoy their positions while helping the
                                                                                                                                         organization reach its highest potential

188   Report of the committee to review the                                     Reserve Bank of India,          vii, p. 371, pb: 23 cm Report of the committee to review the              1. Report 2. Monetary system 3. Public Debt 4. Interest rate 5. Bank
      working of the monetary system                                            Mumbai                                                 working of the monetary system                     credit 6. Financial system 7. Monetary regulation



189   Growing great employees: training          Erika Andersin                 Penguin group            2006   ix, p. 281, pb: 20.7      The book is a guide to creating a dynamic    1. Training 2. Employees 3. Planning
      ordinary people into extra ordinary                                                                       cm                       workplace where the efforts one makes with
      performers                                                                                                                         ones employees today will blossom into
190   Sack the CEO                               Jeetendra Jain                 Vikas Publishing house   2003   xiv, p. 250, pb: 21      success in the years to come
                                                                                                                                         The author makes an accurate portrayal of the 1. CEOs
                                                                                Pvt ltd                         cm                       many ills that plague the corporate world.

191   Revived                                    Harry Paul and Ross Reck       Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   p. 115, hb: 21 cm        Book on energizing and motivating people to      1. Motivation
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd                                       bring out the best in themselves and others
192   The Wall Street MBA                        Reuben Advani                  Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xiv, p. 237, pb: 22      The book explains all the basic concepts        1. Cash flow 2. Financial analysis 3. Ratio analysis 4. Trend analysis 5.
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       taught in MBA finance and accounting            Arbitrage 6. Derivatives 7. Mergers and Acquisitions 8. Valuation 9.
                                                                                                                                         program and gives knowledge and confidence Bonds 10. Stokcs 11. Hedge funds
                                                                                                                                         to detect what's really going on each financial
                                                                                                                                         result



193   Finding your focus                         Judith Greenbaum and           Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xi, p. 187, pb: 22.5     The book is on Attention deficit disorder        1. Attention deficit disorder (ADD)
                                                 Geraldine Markel               Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       (ADD) and shows how to become more
                                                                                                                                         focused and organized
194   Managing your portfolio: an investor's     Frank yao, Bret Xu, Patrick    Tata McGraw-Hill         2002   xx, p. 283, pb: 22.5     This guide helps to determine where to invest, 1. Diversification 2. Asset allocation 3. Performance measurement 4.
      guide to minimizing risk and maximizing    Adams and Kenneth Doucet       Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       how to maintain the right portfolio mix and    Stocks 5. Funds 6. Analysis
      returns                                                                                                                            how to weather turbulent markets

195   Personal balance scorecard: the way to     Hubert Rampersad               Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xiv, p. 228, pb: 22.2    The book provides a roadmap for                1. Personal balance scorecard 2. Ambition 3. Success 4. Relationships
      individual happiness, personal integrity                                  Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       organizations of the future, it helps to set   5. Talent management
      and organizational effectiveness                                                                                                   agenda for a radical shift from systems driven
                                                                                                                                         change to self led change
196   What type of leader are you?                Ginger Lapid-Bogda          Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xx, p. 313, pb: 22.5     The book discusses in detail the nine point    1. Analyze 2. Self mastery 3. Communication 4. Optimal decisions 5.
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       Enneagram system to analyze the personality Leadership
                                                                                                                                       strength, it shows how to use this personality
                                                                                                                                       typing system to reach full potential as a
                                                                                                                                       leader and to pinpoint core leadership style

197   All about options                           Thomas McCafferty           Tata McGraw-Hill         1998   xi, p. 243, pb: 22 cm The book explains the pros, cons, risks and          1. Stocks 2. Futures and Options 3. Trading strategies 4. Federal
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                    rewards of using options.                            regulations
198   Investor's business daily and the making    David Saito-Chung           Tata McGraw-Hill         2005   xx, p. 162, pb: 22.5 The book on the newspaper Investor's                  1. Newspaper 2. Investor's Business Daily 3. Finance publication
      of millionaires                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                    business daily
199   The race for perfect: inside the quest to   Steve Hamm                  Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   v, p. 293, pb: 22.5   The book tells the story of two generations of       1. Compaq computers 2. Apple computers 3. Portable computing
      design the ultimate portable computer                                   Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                    entrepreneurs, designers and engineers as
                                                                                                                                    they have struggled to make better portables

200   All about futures                           Russell Wasendorf           Tata McGraw-Hill         2001   viii, p. 279, pb: 22.5   Book on easy way to understand future             1. Future markets 2. Future trading 3. Portfolio 4. Trading strategies 5.
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       markets                                           Investors
      The manager's step-by-step guide to         Linda R Dominguez           Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   xiv, p. 226, pb: 22.5    The book presents a clear, detailed method        1. Outsourcing industry 2. Vendor selection 3. Exit management
      outsourcing                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       for effectively planning and executing an
201
                                                                                                                                       outsourcing strategy in any company

202   The entrepreneurial investor: the art,      Paul Orfalea and others     John Wiley & Sons Inc.   2008   xxi, p. 170, hb: 23      In this book the authors explore the essence      1. Investment philosophy 2. Mutual funds 3. Investment
      science and business of value investing                                                                 cm                       of the entrepreneurial investor, which
                                                                                                                                       includes balancing the art and science of this
                                                                                                                                       discipline and viewing investing itself as a
                                                                                                                                       business
203   The nonverbal advantage                     Carol Linsey Goman          Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   p. 202, pb: 22 cm        The book reveals the power of body language       1. Body language
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                       at work
204   Instant referrals                           Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   ix, p. 140, pb:          The book is about building a referral based       1. Referral based business 2. Target market
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              22.5cm                   business. The book will help rev up business in
                                                                                                                                       the most cost effective way possible by
                                                                                                                                       getting existing customers to promote
                                                                                                                                       business
205   Sucessful franchising                       Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xxvii, p.122, pb:        The book is about how to succeed in               1. Franchising
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              22cm                     franchising
206   Instant leads                               Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xix, p. 173, pb: 22      The book is designed to give inside track to      1. Business
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       know how to generate more leads for
                                                                                                                                       business
207   Instant profits                             Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xxxii, p. 83, pb: 22
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm
208   Instant repeat business                     Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xvii, p. 129, pb: 22     The book talks about how to build a solid and 1. Customers
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       loyal customer base, keep them coming back
                                                                                                                                       for more and turn them into customers for life

209   The ownership quotient                      James L Heskett, W Earl     Harvard Business School 2008    p. 214, pb: 23 cm      In the book the authors reveal the next level       1. Work 2. Employee 3. Vision
                                                  Sasser and others           Press                                                  of thinking about the service profit chain
                                                                                                                                     based on research
210   Business writing and communication          Kenneth W Davis             Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   vii, p. 209, pb: 22 cm The book will give the readers the skills one       1. Communication 2. Writing skills
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd                                     need to write for success, regardless of
                                                                                                                                     profession or position
211   Derivatives and Financial innoviations      Manish Bansal and Navneet   Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xviii, p. 2514, pb: 22 The book touches all dimensions of futures      1. Derivatives 2. Future contracts 3. Futures markets 4. Hedging 5.
                                                  Bansal                      Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     and options trading, from basic concepts tp     cash and carry model 6. Synthetics positions 7. Options pricing 8.
                                                                                                                                     sophisticated trading strategies                Global convertible market 9. Convertible equity 10. Exchange traded
                                                                                                                                                                                     funds (ETFs) 11. Global Depository receipts (GDRs) 12. Weather
                                                                                                                                                                                     Derivatives
212   The real estate coach                       Bradley J Sugars            Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   xxiii, p. 183, pb: 22    The book is about learning how to make some 1. Investment 2. Real estate
                                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                       decisions gaining knowledge so that one can
                                                                                                                                       be financially literate and control one's own
                                                                                                                                       future wealth
213   Escaping the price driven sale              Tom Synder and Kevin        Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   p. 224, pb: 22 cm        The book provides a ground breaking strategy 1. Commercial enterprise 2. Marketplace 3. Client insight
                                                  Kearns                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                       for identifying and delivering the customer
                                                                                                                                       insight that will demand premium price
                                                                                                                                       everytime. The book contains market research
                                                                                                                                       and real world examples
214   Six Sigma execution                        Greg Brue and Rod Howes       Tata McGraw-Hill       2006    xi, p. 420, pb: 22.5  The book provides an over view of Six Sigma,       1. Six Sigma 2. Business Metrics 3. Management 4. Design for six
                                                                               Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                    to explain the techniques and tools and to         sigma
                                                                                                                                    outline the phases in the standard
                                                                                                                                    implementation model
215   The standard and poor's guide to           Michael Kaye                  Tata McGraw-Hill       2006    x, p. 229, pb: 22.3   The book shows step by step ways to discover       1. Mutual funds 2. Bonds 3. Dividends 4. Stocks
      selecting stocks                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                    good investment candidates in time saving
                                                                                                                                    and inexpensive way.
216   Futures Markets made easy with 250         Sunil K Parameswaran          Tata McGraw-Hill       2006    ix, p. 331, pb: 22 cm The book is packed with 250 questions with         1. Valuation 2. Hedging 3. Exchanges 4. Financial Assets 5. Products 6.
      questions and answers                                                    Publishing Co. Ltd                                   their answers. The book is organized logically     Speculation 7. Trading strategies
                                                                                                                                    with minimum mathematics, containing
                                                                                                                                    fundamental concepts to advanced topics like
                                                                                                                                    trading strategies.
217   A textbook of tourism                      B K Goswami and G             Har-Anand Publications 2001    p. 96, hb: 24.5 cm       Book on tourism and how is flourished and       1. Tourism 2. Impact of Tourism
                                                 Ravindran                     Pvt Ltd                                                 was developed in India
218   The case study handbook                    William Ellet                 Harvard Business School 2007   vi, p. 272, pb: 22.8     The book presents a powerful new approach       1. Case studies
                                                                               Press                          cm                       for analyzing, discussing and writing about
                                                                                                                                       cases.
219   British Citizens's charter- A compedium    Compiled by MVS               Consumer Education     1998    p. 196, pb: 23.5 cm      Compedium of Citizen's charter from the         1. Citizen's charter 2. UK
                                                 Pasupathinath                 and Research Centre,                                    United Kingdom
                                                                               Ahmedabad
220   Indian medicinal plants: a sector study   Exim bank's occassional        Quest Publications     1997    p. 163, pb: 22.5 cm      Sector study report on Indian medicinal plants 1. Indian medicinal plants
                                                paper series
221   The pengiun CNBC-TV 18 business           ed by Derek o'Brien            Penguin Books          2009    p. 600, pb: 19 cm        Reference book - year book                  1. Business 2. CNBC TV 18
222   Waste minimization - A practical guide to Prasad Modak                   Centre for Environment 1995    p. 139, pb: 21.5 cm      The book presents corporate case-studies    1. Waste minimization
      cleaner production and enhanced                                          Education, Ahmedabad                                    from India, Europe and USA showing how
      profitability                                                                                                                    companies across a wide range of industrial
                                                                                                                                       sectors have been examining their
                                                                                                                                       manufacturing processes and modifying them
                                                                                                                                       to reduce unnecessary waste generation. The
                                                                                                                                       book includes step by step guide for top
                                                                                                                                       managements, showing how they can
                                                                                                                                       introduce waste minimization approach in
                                                                                                                                       their own companies

223   What consumers's really want               James Filmore                 Harvard Business School 2007   p. 11, pb: 23 cm         Book on authenticity in business                1. Authenticity 2. Business
                                                                               Press
224   All about six sigma                        Warren Brussee                Tata McGraw-Hill        2006   xiii, p. 237, pb: 22.5   In the book the author explains in simple       1. Six Sigma 2. Management 3. Execution of Six Sigma
                                                                               Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                       language how easy it can be to introduce,
                                                                                                                                       implement and complete a six sigma project.
                                                                                                                                       The book presents a simple hand on guide a
                                                                                                                                       simplified form of most common Six Sigma
                                                                                                                                       tools
225   War for truth                              Pankaj K Phadnis              Abhinav Bharat         2007    p. 182, pb: 23.5 cm      Story of Pankaj Phadnis and his life            1. Pankaj Phadnis 2. Abhinav Bharat - Trust
226   China's emerging financial markets         ed by Zhu Min, cai Jinqing    John Wiley and Sons    2009    Ixxiii, p. 593, pb: 23   The book presents the views of both western     1. Chinese economy 2. Financial markets 3. Private equity 4. Shanghai
                                                 and Martha Avery              (Asia) pvt ltd                 cm                       and Chinese leaders in the fields of banking,   Stock exchange
                                                                                                                                       capital markets and the insurance industry.

227   Distress investing: principles and         Martin J Whitman and          John Wiley and Sons Inc 2009   xxii, p. 247, pb: 23     The book comprehensively covers the practive 1. Capital structure 2. Credit risk 3. Bankruptcy Act 4. Cash bailouts 5.
      techniques                                 Fernando Diz                                                 cm                       of buy and hold investing in distresses credits, US restructuring system 6. Capital infusion
                                                                                                                                       whether it be performing loans or the
                                                                                                                                       reinstated issues of a reorganized issuer

228   Finding keepers                            Steve Pogorzelski and Jesse   Tata McGraw-Hill       2008    xiv, p. 235, pb: 22    The book shows how to harness the power of 1. Hiring system 2. Retention 3. Employer branding
                                                 Harriott                      Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                     employer brand to hire and hold the best
                                                                                                                                     people.
229   Butterflies be gone: hands on approach     Arthur H Bell                 Tata McGraw-Hill       2008    xii, p. 200, pb: 22 cm Book on how to get over fear of public     1. Public speaking 2. Communication
      to sweat proof public speaking                                           Publishing Co. Ltd                                    speaking

230   Crucial conversations: tools for talking   Kerry Patterson, Joseph       Tata McGraw-Hill       2003    xv, p. 240, pb:22 cm The book gives readers the tools to handle          1. Communication 2. Conversations
      when stakes are high                       Grenny, Ron McMillan and      Publishing Co. Ltd                                  life's most difficult and important
                                                 AL Switzler                                                                       conversations to achieve positive outcomes
231   Asset allocation: balancing financial risk   Roger C Gibson                Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xvii, 366, hb: 23 cm      The book includes 2000-2002 stock bear         1. Asset allocation 2. US Capital market 3. Portfolio optimization
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd                                        market in the context of bull and bear markets
                                                                                                                                           over the last 100 yrs, expanded discussio of
                                                                                                                                           the dangers of market timing and tips in
                                                                                                                                           diversified portfolio
232   Mutual funds in India                        H Sadhak                      Rresponse books          1997   p. 267, hb: 22 cm         The author traces the growth and               1. Financial markets 2. Mutual funds 3. Mutual fund regulation
                                                                                                                                           performance of mutual funds in India. He
                                                                                                                                           addresses the major structural, regulatory and
                                                                                                                                           operational issues pertaining to Indian mutual
                                                                                                                                           funds. The author also outlines the conceptual
                                                                                                                                           framework and established operational
                                                                                                                                           practices of mutual funds in developed
                                                                                                                                           countries such as UK, US etc

233   Godrej: a hundred years                      BK Karanjia                   Viking Penguin India     1997   264, p. 264, hb: 23.5     The book deals with the second of four            1. Godrej family
                                                                                                                 cm                        generations of the Godrej family
234   The leadership genius of Alfred P Sloan      Allyn Freeman                 Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   viii, p. 248, hb: 23      The book is guide to utilizing Sloan's timeless   1. Alfred Sloan - CEO, General Motors
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                        principles for success
235   The human side of Enterprise                 Joel Cutcher - Gershenfeld    Tata McGraw-Hill         2006   liii, p. 423, hb: 23 cm   The book shows how today's leaders have           1. Management principles 2. Douglas McGregor
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd                                        sucessfully incorporated McGregor's method
                                                                                                                                           into modern management styles and
                                                                                                                                           practices.
236   The confident speaker                        Harrison Monarth and Larina   Tata McGraw-Hill         2007   x, p. 322, pb: 22.3       The book is for readers who want to improve       1. Public speaking 2. Communication
                                                   Kase                          Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                        their presentation skills amd conquuer their
                                                                                                                                           anxiety over public speaking. It’s a well
                                                                                                                                           written book, full of practical advice and on
                                                                                                                                           proven strategies

237   Islamic money and banking: integrating       Iraj Toutounchian             John Wiley and Sons      2009   xxv, p. 384, hb: 23       In this book Prof. Iraj Toutounchian has made 1. Islamic Finance 2. Capitalist economics
      money in capital theory                                                    (Asia) pvt ltd                  cm                        a serious attempt to explain the role of money
                                                                                                                                           and capital in Islamic countries

238   Twenty one years of Real estate              Muraru Chaturvedi             Accomodation times       2008   p. 254, pb: 21 cm     Book giving complete information on                   1. Real estate 2. Civic infrastrtucture 3.Rain water harvesting 4. Real
                                                                                                                                       accomodation and real estate                          estate of mutual funds 5. National housing fund
239   Inside the black box                         Rishi K Narang                John Wiley and Sons Inc 2009    xv, p. 224, hb: 23 cm The book opens with an accessible                     1. Transaction cost models 2. Quant strategies 3. Quantitative
                                                                                                                                       introduction to the discipline of quantative          strategies
                                                                                                                                       trading and quickly moves on to demonstrate
                                                                                                                                       that what many call a black box is in fact
                                                                                                                                       transparent, intuitively sensible and
                                                                                                                                       undersatnable. The book also explains the
                                                                                                                                       quant strategies can fit inot your portfolio and
                                                                                                                                       why they are so important

240   Forbes : guide to the markets                Marc M Groz                   John Wiley and Sons Inc 2009    xix, p. 282, pb : 22.5 The book reflects the most up-to-date look at 1. Mutual funds 2. Exchange traded funds 3.Bonds 4. Options 5.
                                                                                                                 cm                     how best to navigate today's financial markets Futures 6.

241   Jacked up                                    Bill Lane                     Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xi, p. 324, pb: 22 cm The book gives a front row seat to Welch's 20 1. Jack Welsch - GE Money 2. Leadership
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd                                    year campaign to transform GE, Author's
                                                                                                                                       firsthand fly on the wall account reveals
                                                                                                                                       Welch's most vivid and exciting moments

242   Equity research and valuation                Dun and Bradstreet            Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   x, p. 128, hb: 23 cm      The book explains the various steps involved      1. Equity research 2. Valuation 3. Economic analysis 4.Industry
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd                                        in evaluating securities. It dwells on the        analysis 5. Company analysis
                                                                                                                                           concepts of equity research and valuation,
                                                                                                                                           macro and micro economic analyses and
                                                                                                                                           highlights the role of regulators in handling
                                                                                                                                           stock market bubbles

243   The selling of President 1968                Joe McGinniss                 Andre Deutsch            1969   p. 253, hb:21.5 cm Book on 1968 presidential elections               1. Presidential elections 2. American politics
244   One day cricket: the Indian Challenge        Ashis Ray                     Harper Collins           2007   xxviii, p. 386, pb: 21 The book chronicles the game from an Indian 1. Cricket 2. Sports
                                                                                                                 cm                     perspective It tracese very World Cup and and
                                                                                                                                        concludes with a preview of 2007 World cup

245   Handbook of the reward strategies            Duncan Brown                  Jaico Publishing house   2005   xi, p. 278, pb: 24 cm Handbook of reward strategies                         1. Organization structure 2. Employment 3. Strategic business
246   Microtrends: the small fores behind       Mark J Penn and E Kinney        Penguin Books          2007    xxi, p. 425, pb; 23     The author reveals the real trends wielding    1. Microtrends 2. Lifestyle 3. Relations 4. Work 5. Politics 6.
      today's big changes                       Zalesne                                                        cm                      large influence on society today and           Entertainment
                                                                                                                                       tommorrow, small patterns of behaviour
                                                                                                                                       involving as small as one percent of
                                                                                                                                       population, yet they can transform a business
                                                                                                                                       or a spark a movement. These are
                                                                                                                                       microtrends. The book is an invaluable tool in
                                                                                                                                       the quest to better understand our world and
                                                                                                                                       a remarkable portrait of the twenty first
                                                                                                                                       century

247   Technical analysis from A to Z            Steven B Achelis                Tata McGraw-Hill       2006    xviii, p. 380, pb: 23.5 The book explains what technical analysis is,    1. Technical analysis 2. Fundamental analysis 3. Market indicators
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                      how it works and why millions of traders
                                                                                                                                       worldwide use it to measureably increase
                                                                                                                                       their trading success. It’s a quick reference
                                                                                                                                       guide to today's most popular and reliable
                                                                                                                                       indicators

248   The CPM Gold yearbook 2007                CPM group                       John Wiley and Sons Inc 2007   xxviii, p. 187, hb:     The book contains a wealth of information for 1. Gold 2. Commodity 3. Yearbook 4. Reference
                                                                                                               25.5 cm                 investors and traders who need to make fully
                                                                                                                                       informed investment decisions with regard to
                                                                                                                                       gold as a commodity. This reference material
                                                                                                                                       is brought out by CPM group, which is the
                                                                                                                                       world's premeire precius metals and
                                                                                                                                       commodities research and consulting
                                                                                                                                       company

249   Life insurance in Asia: winning in the next Stephan Binder and Joseph     John Wileys and Sons   2009    xv, p. 228, hb: 23 cm The book has a far reaching overview of the        1. Life insurance 2. Asia
      decade                                      Luc Ngai                      (Asia) P. Ltd                                        industry in region's different markets, it is
                                                                                                                                     packed with revealing facts and figures but it
                                                                                                                                     also contains original and incisive analysis.

250   Derivative markets in India 2003          ed by Susan Thomas              Tata McGraw-Hill       2003    xxxv, 424, hb: 23 cm IIEF has commissioned the 15 papers in this      1. Invest india Economic Foundation (IIEF) 2. Equity derivatives 3.
                                                                                Publishing Co. Ltd                                  book.                                            Commodity derivatives 4. Foreign exchange derivatives 5. Institutional
                                                                                                                                                                                     derivatives
251   Be smart, act fast, get rich              Charles V Payne                 John Wiley and Sons Inc 2007   xix, p. 332, hb: 23     The book demystifies the stock market in such 1. Stock market 2. Market manipulation 3. Risk
                                                                                                               cm                      a way that it will allow readers to make the
                                                                                                                                       most informed investment decision possible.

252   Cadbury's purple reign                    John Bradley                    John Wiley and Sons Ltd 2008   x, p. 342, hb: 24.5     Story of Cadbury that provides an               1. Cadbury 2. Brand 3. Marketing 4. Expansion 5. Strategy
                                                                                                               cm                      unprecedent insight into the development,
                                                                                                                                       sustenance and modernising of an iconic
                                                                                                                                       brand
253   The Toyota way fieldbook                  Jeffery K Liker and David       Tata McGraw-Hill       2006    xx, p. 475, pb: 23.5    From this book readers will receive diagnostic 1. Toyota 2. Fieldbook 3. Philosophy
                                                Meier                           Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                      tools, worksheets and exercises adapted from
                                                                                                                                       Toyota originals so that one can craft the most
                                                                                                                                       effective approach for their company. One will
                                                                                                                                       understand the thinking behind lean tools and
                                                                                                                                       approaches that can make comprehensive and
                                                                                                                                       lasting integration of Toyota's 4P model i.e
                                                                                                                                       Philosophy, Process, People and Partners and
                                                                                                                                       Problem solving


254   The four pillars of profit driven marketing Leslie H Moeller and Edward   Tata McGraw-Hill       2009    vii, p. 232, pb: 22 cm The book offers a practical, proven framework 1. Marketing 2. ROI Microeconomics 3. Analysis
                                                  C Landry                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                    that helps marketers capture the metrics
                                                                                                                                      essential to determining ROI and use them to
                                                                                                                                      develop an overall marketing strategy based
                                                                                                                                      on accurate ROI figures

255   Leadership in the era of economic         Ram Charan                      Tata McGraw-Hill       2009    xiv, p. 138, hb: 23.5   The author helps one steer one's business     1. Leadership 2. E-Board strategies
      uncertainity                                                              Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                      through the minefield of contracting markets,
                                                                                                                                       cash shortages, and ongoing uncertainities.
                                                                                                                                       The author provides practical actions to
                                                                                                                                       execute immediately
256   Motivate like a CEO                        Suzanne Bates         Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   viii, p. 278, hb: 23    The book demonstrates how leaders at every 1. Leadership 2. Motivation 3. Communication 4. Accountability
                                                                       Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      level can develop the skill and use it to bring
                                                                                                                               their teams together around for a common
                                                                                                                               purpose. One will discover secrets to generate
                                                                                                                               excitement all the way down the lineto
                                                                                                                               achieve superior results

257   Think better                               Tim Hurson            Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xvii, p. 281, hb: 22.5 The book is designed to teachthe productive
                                                                       Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     thinking process. The book contains Hurson's
                                                                                                                              original brainstorming tools that will empower
                                                                                                                              to generate, organize and process ideas

258   National security: imperatives and         Prabhakaran Paleri    Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xxi, p. 521, hb: 23     The book covers elements of national security, 1. National security 2. Environmental security 3. Information security
      Challenges                                                       Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      threat perception and assessment, terrain
                                                                                                                               assessment and specificity, military
                                                                                                                               security,economic, resource security

259   The new gold standard                      Joseph A Michelli     Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xvi, p. 284, hb: 21.5  The book takes one on an exclusive tour        1. Ritz-Carlton Hotel company
                                                                       Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     behind the scens of the Ritz-Carlton Hotel
                                                                                                                              company
260   How Harvard and Yale beat the market       Matthew Tuttle        John Wiley and Sons Inc 2009    xii, p. 276, hb: 23 cm The book addressess everything from basic      1. Diversification 2. Endowment 3. Mutual funds 4. Exchange traded
                                                                                                                              endowment inivesting principles to             funds 5. Commodities 6. Investing strategies
                                                                                                                              integrating endowments' ideas into a
                                                                                                                              profitable portfolio
261   The bully of Bentonville                   Anthony Bianco        Currency doubleday       2006   xi, p. 320, hb: 23.5 The book illuminates the story behind the        1. Wal-Mart
                                                                                                       cm                     headlines and brings the facts about Wal-Mart
                                                                                                                              into sharp focus based on interviews with Wal-
                                                                                                                              Mart employees, managers, executives,
                                                                                                                              suppliers, customers etc

262   Elite China: luxury consumer behavior in Pierre Xiaou Lu         John Wileys and Sons     2008   xv, p. 208, pb: 22.5    The book is a handbook for fashion and        1. Consumer behavior 2. Chinese consumers
      China                                                            (Asia) P. Ltd                   cm                      luxurybrands to understand the China luxury
                                                                                                                               market and Chinese customers
263   Chindia: how China and India are           ed by Pete Engardio   Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xi, p. 384, pb: 22.5    The book combines frontline reports from      1. China 2. India 3. Corporate model 4. Global business
      revolutionizing global business                                  Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      Business Weeks. This is an up-to-date reports
                                                                                                                               on key issues such as manufacturing and
                                                                                                                               technology of both countries

264   Chindia rising: how China and India will   Jagdish N Sheth       Tata McGraw-Hill         2008   xxv, p. 205, hb: 23     The book is a visionary work emcompassing       1. Global resources 2. Economic power 3. Political reform 4. Cultural
      benefit your business                                            Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      multiplicity of dimensions of the               diffusion
                                                                                                                               unprecedented impact and influence of the
                                                                                                                               two great nations India and China, on the
                                                                                                                               world's industrial, business and political
                                                                                                                               future.
265   Japan's global reach                       Bill Emmott           Century                  1992   xi, p. 244, hb: 23.5    The book examines, charts and assesses          1. Japanese companies
                                                                                                       cm                      influences and shows how western
                                                                                                                               competitors are responding
266   A premier on currency futures              MCX SX                FTKMC - Financial               p. 114, pb: 21 cm       The book disseminates information which is      1. Currency futures 2. Foreign Exchange market 3. Forex spot market
                                                                       technologies Knowledge                                  important and useful on various aspects of      4. Exchange traded currency futures 5. Currency exchanges
                                                                       Management Company                                      trading in currency futures.
                                                                       Ltd

267   A guide to interest rate futures           MCX SX                FTKMC - Financial               p. 66, pb: 21 cm        The book attempts to create awareness and     1. Interest rates 2. Credits 3. Debt securities 4. Indian economy 5.
                                                                       technologies Knowledge                                  understanding of concepts and market          Mutual funds 6. Insurance companies 7. Bond valuation 8. Future
                                                                       Management Company                                      practice for hedging by using Exchange traded analytics 9. Hedging 10. Retail investors
                                                                       Ltd                                                     interest rate futures

268   Ride the change: perspective on the        MG Paramsewaran       Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   xvii, p. 192, pb: 21    Book on the changing perspective of the         1. Consumers 2. Marketing 3. Advertising
      changing Indian consumer, market and                             Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      Indian consumers, market and marketing
      marketing
269   The future and me: power of the youth      Yuwa Hedrick-Wong     John Wiley and Sons      2008   ix, p. 155, pb: 20.5    The author provides an illuminating, clear and 1. Consumers 2. India 3. China 4. Southeast Asia
      market in Asia                                                   (Asia) pvt ltd                  cm                      synthetic analysis of the forces behind the
                                                                                                                               evolutions and formidable challenges and
                                                                                                                               opportunities for the young generation for
                                                                                                                               creating the future of Asia/Pacific
270   Indian household investors survey                                      Investor Education and 2005    xxx, p. 203, pb: 20.5 Survey undertaken by changing market         1. Mutual fund industry 2. Retail investor 3. Coporate governance 4.
                                                                             protection fund                cm                    environment investors' preferences, problems Demat 5. Investor education
                                                                                                                                  and policy issues
271   Venture capital and the Indian financial   A Ramesh and Arun Gupta     Oxford University Press 1995   p. 201, pb: 21.5 cm The book gives an overview of venture capital 1. Venture capital 2. Stock market 3. Institutional framework 4. India
      sector                                                                                                                      in respect to Indian financial sector

272   Indian shareowners: a survey               L C Gupta                   Society for Capital     1991   xxviii, p. 173, hb: 21 The book presents the findings of the first All 1. Share owners 2. Investors 3. Survey 4. Debentures 5. Portfolio
                                                                             Market Research and            cm                     India survey of Indian share owners, covering diversificatin 6. Portfolio performance
                                                                             Development                                           their growth, profile, portfolio characteristics,
                                                                                                                                   expereinces, preferences and how they look
                                                                                                                                   upon services and information provided by
                                                                                                                                   companies and market intermediaries

273   China's creative imperative: how           Kunal Sinha                 John Wiley and Sons     2008   xvi, p. 221, pb: 22     The book based on interviews with designers, 1. China 2. Cultural history 3.
      creativity is transforming society and                                 (Asia) pvt ltd                 cm                      artists, painters and discussions with common
      business in China                                                                                                             people about the role that creativity plays in
                                                                                                                                    their life, the book provides rich evidence and
                                                                                                                                    a provocative point of view that businesses
                                                                                                                                    and scholars will find hard to ignore


274   Iconoclast                                 Gregory Berns               Harvard Business Press 2008    x, p. 250, hb: 23.5     The author tells the stories of monumental     1. Neurology 2. Iconoclast
                                                                                                            cm                      events in art, medicine, technology and more.
                                                                                                                                    Through the eyes of neuroscientist the author
                                                                                                                                    helps us understand the underlying processes
                                                                                                                                    that either hinder or encourage creativity and
                                                                                                                                    an iconoclastic perspective.


275   Made in China: secrets of China's          Winter Nie, Katherine Xin   John Wiley and Sons     2009   ix, p. 210, hb: 23 cm The book of interivews with Chinese POE       1. China 2. Entrepreneurs
      dynamic entrepreneurs                      and Lily Zhang              (Asia) pvt ltd                                       founders, it traces the origin of the
                                                                                                                                  entrepreneurs and delineates their individual
                                                                                                                                  characteristics- the key personal success
                                                                                                                                  factors. The book analyzes the POE's business
                                                                                                                                  models and dissects how they use market and
                                                                                                                                  product strategies to a gain a competitive
                                                                                                                                  edge against domestic and International
                                                                                                                                  businesses

276   China intellectual property challenges     Rebecca Ordish and Alan     John Wiley and Sons     2008   viii, p. 297, hb: 23  The book explores the realities of protecting 1. China 2. Intellectual Property Rights
      and solutions: an essential business       Adcock                      (Asia) pvt ltd                 cm                    and commercializing valuable intellectual
      guide                                                                                                                       property. It provides case studies and useful
                                                                                                                                  checklists
277   Planet water: investing in the World's     Steve Hoffmann              John Wiley and Sons     2009   xv, p. 352, hb: 23 cm The book outlines the five key sectors of the 1. Global water condition 2. Water resource management 3. Waste
      most valuable resource                                                 (Asia) pvt ltd                                       industry- utilities, treatment, analytical,     water treatment
                                                                                                                                  infrastructure and resource management and
                                                                                                                                  reveals what investors can expect to see in the
                                                                                                                                  near and long term future and how they can
                                                                                                                                  make the most of this unprecedented
                                                                                                                                  investment opportunity

278   B M Birla: a great visionary               DK Taknet                   Indus- Harper Collins   1996   xi, p. 188, hb: 23 cm Biographical account of BM Birla                      1. BM Birla - Industrailist 2. Biography
                                                                             Publishers in India
279   The IT revolution in India                 FC Kohli                    Rupa and Co             2005   xxix, p. 292, hb: 23    Selected speeches and writings of FC Kohli          1. FC Kohli - Pioneer of India's IT revolution
                                                                                                            cm
280   Thers's no such thing as a self-made man Pralhad P Chhabria            Ameya Prakashan         2008   viii, p. 334, hb:23.5   Biograohical account of Pralhad P Chhabria          1. Pralhad P Chhabria - chairman, Finolex group
                                                                                                            cm
281   The backroom brigade                       Seetha                      Penguin group           2006   xii, p. 212, hb: 21.5   In the book Seetha, journalist tells the story of
                                                                                                            cm                      entire phenomenon of how a group of people
                                                                                                                                    combining sophisticated technology with the
                                                                                                                                    improvisational skills of a street mechanic
                                                                                                                                    changed the way the world looked at India
282   Dabawalas                                  Shrinivas Pandit            Tata McGraw-Hill       2007   xvi, p. 105, pb: 21     The book brings the fore key characteristics of 1. Leadership 2. Nutan Mumbai Tiffin Box Supliers Charity Trust 3.
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                      dabawala successful organisation - values,      Homemade tiffin service in Mumbai 4. Dabawala
                                                                                                                                   decentralised decision making, continous
                                                                                                                                   value addition to customer care

283   Gold: God's own currency                   Shailendra Kumar            Spirit of India Book   2008   xvii, p. 234, pb: 21    The book offers an era of undependable paper 1. Gold as an investment 2. Central Bank 3. Global economy 4. Indian
                                                                             Publications                  cm                      money and shaky stock markets one of the     economy
                                                                                                                                   most lucrative oppurtunities of all times.

284   On planning and finance in India           AD Shroff                   Lalvani Publishing     1966   xii, p. 297, hb: 21.5   The book brings together important writings    1. Enterprise 2. Planning 3. Finance 4. Economic development 5.
                                                                             House                         cm                      by AD Shroff on Planning, Finance, Taxation,   Taxation 6. budger 7. Emergemcy
                                                                                                                                   budget and emergency economics. The book
                                                                                                                                   is an important read for students of
                                                                                                                                   economics and leaders of business and
                                                                                                                                   industry

285   The alchemy of leadership                  Shrinivas Pandit            Tata McGraw-Hill       2009   ix, p. 151, pb: 22 cm The book provides insights into the minds of 1. Leadership 2. Globalisation 3. Adversity 4. Development
                                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd                                  accomplished leaders- their traits, beliefs,
                                                                                                                                 vision and working styles. It brings out key
                                                                                                                                 performance drivers that aspiring leaders and
                                                                                                                                 entrepreneurs can imbibe in their businesses
                                                                                                                                 and lives
286   India- business checklists: an essential   Rupa K Bose                 John Wiley and Sons    2009   xvi, p. 274, pb: 19   The book is an accessible and intensely         1. India 2. Business
      guide to doing business                                                (Asia) pvt ltd                cm                    practical easy reference guide for foreigners
                                                                                                                                 planning to do business. The book provides a
                                                                                                                                 realistic, practical guide to doing business in
                                                                                                                                 India for foreign companies and individuals

287   Smart leadership: insights for CEOs        Gita Piramal and Jennifer   Penguin Portfolio      2005   p. 207, hb: 20 cm       In the book the authors draw insights from     1. CEOs 2. Leadership 3. Change management 4. Business
                                                 Netarwala                                                                         various CEOs giving insights on some core
                                                                                                                                   aspects of leadership- decision making,
                                                                                                                                   building teams, nurturing talent, managing
                                                                                                                                   change and focus on growth. The book offers
                                                                                                                                   practical tips on effecting transformation for
                                                                                                                                   executives at all levels


288   Think India                                Vinay Rai and William L     Dutton - Penguin group 2007   xv, p. 284, hb: 23 cm This book gives colorful, lively and forward     1. India 2. Gowth 3. Global economy
                                                 Simon                       (US)                                                looking account of India's stunning growth
                                                                                                                                 which is necessary to understand India's new
                                                                                                                                 muscle on the global stage.

289   Imagining India: ideas for the new         Nandan Nilekani             Allen Lane, Penguin    2008   p. 531, hb: 23 cm       Book on India being in the middle of huge      1. India 2. Global economy 3. Nandan Nilekani - Co-chairman, Infosys
      century                                                                group                                                 transformational process and on the way of     Technologies Ltd
                                                                                                                                   becoming one of the global superpowers

290   Toyota supply chain management             Ananth V Iyer, Sridhar      Tata McGraw-Hill       2009   xii, p. 226, hb: 23 cm The authors through their extensive and well 1. Toyota 2. Supply chain
                                                 Seshadri and Roy Vasher     Publishing Co. Ltd                                   rounded knowledge provide how to insights
                                                                                                                                  for applying the lessons of Toyota in any
                                                                                                                                  industry. This book can be used as guide for
                                                                                                                                  creating operational efficiency by better
                                                                                                                                  connecting offices, plants, facilities and
                                                                                                                                  vendors.
291   India Arriving: how this economic        Rafiq Dossani                 Amacon- America        2008   xi, p. 291, hb: 23 cm The book offers a fascinating glimpse into the 1. India 2. Economic powerhouse 3. Media in India
      powerhouse is redifining global business                               Management                                           real India, with all its assets and all of its
                                                                             Association                                          faults, it provides a deeper understanding of a
                                                                                                                                  country that promises to be the next major
                                                                                                                                  player in the world economy

292   Biogas: the Indian NGO experience          Soma Dutta, Ibrahim H       Tata Energy Research   1997   xv, p. 128,hb: 24 cm The book documents and analyses the         1. Biogas technology 2. Environment 3. Quality assurance 4.
                                                 Rehman, Preeti Malhotra     Institute                                          expereinces of various NGOs which are       Technology development
                                                 and Venkata Ramana P                                                           relevant for the biogas programme and other
                                                                                                                                similar development programme on rural and
                                                                                                                                renewable energy
293   India's century                           Kamal Nath              Tata McGraw-Hill        2008   ix, p. 230, hb: 23 cm In the book the author goes beyond the flat   1. India 2. Globalisation 3. Emerging economy
                                                                        Publishing Co. Ltd                                   world view to reveal the roots of the Indian
                                                                                                                             economic miracle. With a compelling blend of
                                                                                                                             economic analysis, political insight and
                                                                                                                             cultural observation the author traces the
                                                                                                                             nation's emergence from colonial rule in 1947
                                                                                                                             through 4 decades of planned economies, the
                                                                                                                             gradual liberalization of INdia;s economy and
                                                                                                                             the rise of Indian global giant


294   India in the emerging global order        Amar KJR Nayak and MG   Tata McGraw-Hill        2008   xxviii, p. 366, hb:     The book is a collection of selected papers   1. Globalisation 2. Trade and economics 3. Finance and Banking
                                                Jomon                   Publishing Co. Ltd             22.5 cm                 presented at the 5th International Conference
                                                                                                                               of the Academy of International Business,
                                                                                                                               India.

295   For the love of Mahatma: the life and     Mir Jaffae Imam         Rupa and Co             2005   xxiii, p. 118, hb: 23   Biographical account of Chinubhai Chokshi     1. Chinubhai Choksi - freedom fighter, chartered accountant 2.
      times of Chinubhai Chokshi                                                                       cm                                                                    Biography
296   The fragrance of success: nurturing the   Govind Kelkar           SH Kelkar and Co. Pvt   2002   p. 165, hb: 23 cm     Book on managing family business                1. Family business 2. Govind Kelkar - Perfumer, Industrailist,
      family managed business                                           Ltd                                                                                                  Educationist and Philanthropist
297   Own the world                             Aaron Anderson          John Wiley and Sons,    2009   xi, p. 207, hb: 23 cm The book will educate on foreign markets and 1. Global investment portfolio 2. Risk management 3. Global investing
                                                                        Inc                                                  how to understand them, explaining the
                                                                                                                             benefits of investing globally, what tools are
                                                                                                                             available to global investors and what pitfalls
                                                                                                                             should be avoided

298   The Apple way                             Jeffery L Cruikshank    Tata McGraw-Hill        2006   xviii, p. 206, pb:    The book gives the secrets and management 1. Computers 2. Apple Inc
                                                                        Publishing Co. Ltd             22.3cm                principles that keep Apple far ahead of the
                                                                                                                             curve.
299   How Dell does it                          Steven Holzner          Tata McGraw-Hill        2006   vi, p. 234, pb: 22 cm The author takes us deep inside the company 1. Computers 2. Technology 3. Dell Inc.
                                                                        Publishing Co. Ltd                                   to explore in exacting detail every aspect of
                                                                                                                             the company’s processes, practices and
                                                                                                                             culture and he show how they function within
                                                                                                                             the framework of Dell's revolutionary business
                                                                                                                             model

300   The Indian Renaissance: India's rise after Sanjeev Sanyal         Penguin Viking          2008   vii, p. 230, hb: 21.5   In this book the author examines the powerful 1. India 2. Emerging economy
      a thousand years of decline                                                                      cm                      economic and social forces that are working
                                                                                                                               together to transform India beyond
                                                                                                                               recognition
Remarks

                     Banking




                     Banking




                     Autobiograph
                     y/Biography




Donated by Sucheta   Autobiograph
Dalal                y/Biography
Review copy




                     Investment




                     Investment


                     Investment
Given Nita Madam on
4th Sep 09

Given Nita Madam on
4th Sep 09
Given Nita Madam on
4th Sep 09
Given Nita Madam on
4th Sep 09
Tk by Sashi Kumar on
1st Apr
With Sashi Kumar,
taken on 12 Jan 10
                                                                     List of Books
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Remarks
Sr No                      Title                          Author                      Publisher         Year       Collation                          Abstract                                   Keywords
301     Karmic Inc.                               Pujan Roka                     Jaico Publishing house 2009   ix, p. 214, pb: 21 cm The book shows ways to fuel the growth 1. Human Resource 2. Motivation of
                                                                                                                                     and vitality of the information age    employees
                                                                                                                                     workers and organizations.


302     GMAT, 12 th edition                                                      John Wiley & Sons     2009    p. 840, pb:27 cm       GMAT book
                                                                                 (Asia) Pte Ltd
303     And then the roof caved in                David Faber                    John Wiley & Sons     2009    xiii, p. 192, hb: 23   The book takes readers from subprime       1. Subprime industry 2. Mortage 3.
                                                                                 (Asia) Pte Ltd                cm                     lenders like Quick Loan funding and big    Economic collapse 4. Hedge fund
                                                                                                                                      investment banks to regulators who tried   managers 5.Wall Street firms 6. American
                                                                                                                                      to stop the financial crisis before it     financial system 7. Worldwide economic
                                                                                                                                      became the worldwide economic failure      crisis 2009


304     Small Stocks for Big profits              George Angell                  John Wiley & Sons     2008    xiv, p. 210, hb: 23                                               1. Technical analysis 2. Bull market 3.
                                                                                 (Asia) Pte Ltd                cm                                                                Oscillator 4. Momentum analysis 5.
                                                                                                                                                                                 Money management




305     202 Great cover letters                   Michael Betrus                 Tata McGraw-Hill      2008    p. 280, pb: 27 cm      Book on writing cover letters              1. Writing techniques
                                                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd
306     GMAT Verbal Review 2nd edition            Graduate Management            John Wiley & Sons     2009    p. 335, pb: 27 cm      GMAT book
                                                  Admission Council              (Asia) Pte Ltd

307     GMAT Quantitative review 2nd edition      Graduate Management            John Wiley & Sons     2009    p. 215, pb: 27 cm      GMAT book
                                                  Admission Council              (Asia) Pte Ltd

308     Stay hungry stay foolish                  Rashmi Bansal                  CIIE, IIM Ahmedabad   2008    p. 325, pb: 21 cm      Inspiring stories of 25 IIM graduates      1. Sanjeev Bikhchandani - CEO,
                                                                                                                                                                                 Naukri.com 2. Shantanu Prakash -
                                                                                                                                                                                 Educomp 3. Vinayak Chatterjee -
                                                                                                                                                                                 Feedback Ventures 4. Asank Desai -
                                                                                                                                                                                 Mastek 5. R Subramanian - Subhiksha 6.
                                                                                                                                                                                 Narendra Murkumbi - Shree Renuka
                                                                                                                                                                                 Sugars
309     IOUSA                                     Addison Wiggin and Kate        John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2008   xxi, p. 266, pb: 22.3 The book takes a lively and entertaining 1. USA 2. Budget deficit 3. Personal
                                                  Incontrera                                                   cm                    romp through the four deficits the nation savings deficit 4. Trade deficit 5.
                                                                                                                                     faces: the budget deficit, the personal    Leadership deficit
                                                                                                                                     savings deficit, the trade deficit and the
                                                                                                                                     leadership deficit through interivew,
                                                                                                                                     historical references and damning
                                                                                                                                     statistics
310     Reflections by IITians                    Ram Krishnaswamy               Ram Krishnaswamy      2008    xxx, p. 417, pb: 23.5 Collection of articles by Iitians           1. IIT Madras
                                                                                                               cm
311     Contagion: The financial epidemic that is John R Talbott                 John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2009   xii, p. 256, hb: 23    In the book the author warns about what 1. Global recession 2. Wall Street 3.
        sweeping the global economy and how to                                                                 cm                     once seemed implausible and impossible Demographics 4. Investment 5. Economic
        protect yourself from it                                                                                                      the deepest global recession the world     crisis
                                                                                                                                      has ever seen, one that will forever shake
312   Stephen Roach on the next Asia:            Stephen S Roach           John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2009   xviii, p. 414, hb: 23 Collection of essays by Stephen Roach     1. Globalization 2. Recession 3. Macro
      Oppurtunities and challenges for a new                                                             cm                    tells how Asia has played it out and what risk assessment 4. Political leaders
      globalization                                                                                                            saga will be unfolded in future

313   How Apple Inc. changed the world           Jason D O'Grady           Jaico Publishing house 2009   xiii, p. 185, hb: 24   Book on story of Apple Inc.                 1. Apple Inc. 2. Ipods 3. Itunes 4.
                                                                                                         cm                                                                 Technology 5. Computers
314   Fund spy: Morningstar's inside secrets to Russel Kinnel              John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2009   xvi, p. 176, hb: 23    The book offers unparallel guidance that 1. Portfolio management 2. Investment 3.
      selecting mutual funds that outperform                                                             cm                     will sharpen investing skills and help find Mutual funds 4. Trading cost 5. No load
                                                                                                                                the best funds for portfolio, with deep     fund companies 6. Broker sold fund
                                                                                                                                insights and expert adviceit give           companies
                                                                                                                                information needed to intelligently
                                                                                                                                screena dn select a variety of funds

315   A primer on currency futures               MCX SX                    MCX                           p. 117, pb: 21 cm      The book explains the concept and           1. Currency market 2. Foreign exchange
                                                                                                                                practices involving currency futures and    3. Forex spot market 4. Forward contracts
                                                                                                                                explains how market participants can        5. Interest rates 6. Risk management 7.
                                                                                                                                benefit from it                             Optimal hedging

316   How Toyoto changed the world               K Dennis Chambers         Jaico Publishing house 2009   ix, p. 132, hb: 24 cm Book on story of Toyoto Motors               1. Toyoto Motors

317   Option trading: bear market strategies     Sasidharan K and Alex K   Tata McGraw-Hill      2010    xv, p. 286, pb: 22     The book identifies option trading as the   1. Indian derivatives market 2. Derivative
                                                 Mathews                   Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     best hedging mechanism in the Indian        trading 3. Option contracts 4. Price index
                                                                                                                                bear market conditions and spells out       5.Equity options
                                                                                                                                strategies to make reasonable profits
                                                                                                                                through it
318   Sell short                                 Michael Shulman           John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2009   viii, p. 225, hb: 23   The book is informative for identifying     1. Portfolio management 2. Investment 3.
                                                                                                         cm                     multiple ways to approach protecting        Mutual funds 4. Technical indicators 5.
                                                                                                                                downside risk in portfolio and making       Commodities 6. Real estate
                                                                                                                                money on the short side

319   Commodity insights yearbook 2009                                     Pricewaterhousecoope 2009     p. 253, hb: 30 cm      Yearbook                                    1. Commodity futures 2. Mutual funds 3.
                                                                           rs and MCX                                                                                       Derivative hedging 4. Future markets 5.
                                                                                                                                                                            Agriculture marketing and financing

320   Wealth management                          Dun and Bradstreet        Tata McGraw-Hill      2009    ix, p. 144, hb: 23 cm Teh book helps to understand the             1. Wealth management 2. Mutual funds
                                                                           Publishing Co. Ltd                                  process and steps involved in managing       3. Hedge funds 4. Commodities 5. Debt
                                                                                                                               wealth, it includes wealth management        securities 6. Retirement planning 7. Asset
                                                                                                                               process, understanding client goals and      allocation
                                                                                                                               constraints, role of insurance, retirement
                                                                                                                               and estate planning and wealth
                                                                                                                               management strategy

321   The McKinsey engagement                    Paul N Friga              Tata McGraw-Hill      2009    xx, p. 247, pb: 22     The book focusses on team focus,            1. Team focus 2. Communication
                                                                           Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     problem solving model and feature a
                                                                                                                                concise discussio of key concept of
                                                                                                                                problem solving
322   Understanding microfinance                 Debadutta K Panda         John Wiley & Sons     2009    vi, p. 279, pb: 22.5   The book defines microfinance, describes    1. Microfinance 2. Rural credit market 3.
                                                                           (Asia) Pte Ltd                cm                     its role in social development. The book    Credit lending 4. Self help groups 5.
                                                                                                                                also explains theories, principles and      Credit associations
                                                                                                                                practices on micorfinance

323   Market Models: a guide to financial data   Carol Alexander           John Wiley & Sons     2010    xviii, p. 494, pb:     The book provides an authoritative and      1. Financial markets 2. Volatility 3.
      analysis                                                             (Asia) Pte Ltd                22.5 cm                up-to-date treatment of the use of          Generalized Autoregressive Conditional
                                                                                                                                market data to develop models for           Heteroscedasticity (GARCH models) 4.
                                                                                                                                financial analysis.                         Hedged portfolios 5. Covariance Matrices
324   Futures, Options and Swaps                 Ed by Robert W Kolb and   John Wiley & Sons      2007    xvii, p. 819, pb: 25   The book is the most comprehensive text 1. Financial derivatives 2. Options market
                                                 James A Overdahl          (Asia) Pte Ltd                 cm                     on derivatives markets available. The text 3. Future market 4. Corporate securities
                                                                                                                                 emphasizes the use of futures, options
                                                                                                                                 and swaps in risk management


325   How to smell a rat: the five signs of      Ken Fisher and Lara       John Wiley and Sons,   2009    ix, p. 209, hb: 23 cm The book is an informative look at recent 1. Asset allocation 2. Due diligence 3.
      financial fraud                            Hoffmans                  Inc                                                  and historic examples of fraudsters, how Accounting fraud
                                                                                                                                they operated and how their scam could
                                                                                                                                have been avoided

326   Portfolio performance, measurement and Jon A Christopherson,         Tata McGraw-Hill       2009    xii, p. 466, hb: 23    The book helps institutional investors       1. Investment 2. Portfolio market value 3.
      benchmarking                           David R Carino and            Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                     create a smart system for accurate           Fixed income risk 4. Performance
                                             Wayne E Ferson                                                                      performance evaluation of managed            evaluation 5. Single index model 6. Factor
                                                                                                                                 asset portfolios                             model analytics

327   Something for nothing: why we do things Brian Tracy                  Jaico Publishing house 2009    xv, p. 245, pb: 21   In this book the author says that
      we do                                                                                               cm                   something for nothing attitude has never
                                                                                                                               been the way of the world and helps
                                                                                                                               readers set a personal and culture wide
                                                                                                                               agenda for change
328   Put your dreams to the test                John C Maxwell            Jaico Publishing house 2009    xxvi, p. 234, pb: 21 The book about how should have dreams
                                                                                                          cm                   i.e goals in life and be passionate about it
                                                                                                                               and chase them.
329   The heart of a leader                      Ken Blanchard             Jaico Publishing house 2010    p. 192, 21 cm        Book on sayings which will give wisdom
                                                                                                                               and inspiration to lead at a higher level

330   Futures and Options: concepts and          Sunil K Parasmeswaran     Tata McGraw-Hill       2010    xxii, p. 553, 22cm     The book discusses futures and options       1. Futures and Options 2.Futures
      applications                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd                                    in detail and covers swaps and Indian        Contracts 3. Derivative markets 4.
                                                                                                                                 derivatives market . The book serves as a    Hedging 5. Speculation 6. Bond market
                                                                                                                                 one stop reference for stock traders,
                                                                                                                                 brokers, investors and analysts and
                                                                                                                                 students of finance
331   Bank valuation and value based             Jean Dermine              Tata McGraw-Hill       2010    vi, p. 442, 23 cm      In this book the author presents the         1. Bank valuation 2. Bond rate 3. Risk
      management                                                           Publishing Co. Ltd                                    mechanics of controlling value creation      management 4. Capital regulation 5.
                                                                                                                                 and risk in banks and outlines how to        Liquidity risk 6. Portfolio diversification 7.
                                                                                                                                 implement that know how with the use         Futures 8. Swaps Credit derivatives
                                                                                                                                 of highly effective valuation model,
                                                                                                                                 specially designed for banks

332   Stop acting rich and start living like a   Thomas J Stanley          John Wiley & Sons , Inc 2009   xiv, p. 274, hb:23     In this book the author challenges our       1
      millionaire                                                                                         cm                     perceptions about what being rich is all
                                                                                                                                 about and shows us an achievable path
                                                                                                                                 to wealth and happiness

333   Damodaran on valuation                     Aswath Damodaran          Wiley India Pvt Ltd    2006    viii, p. 685, pb:23    The book provides with today's most          1. Cash flow valuation 2. Firm valuations
                                                                                                          cm                     straight forward and comprehensive           module 3. Relative valuation 4. Employee
                                                                                                                                 examination of the approaches and            equity options 5. Equity multiples
                                                                                                                                 models necessary for performing
                                                                                                                                 valuations
334   Toyota culture                             Jeffery K Liker, Michael   Tata McGraw-Hill       2008   xiii, p. 562, pb: 22   The book examines the "human systems" 1. Toyoto Motors
                                                 Hoseus and The Centre      Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     that toyota has put in place to instill its
                                                 for Quality People and                                                          founding principles of trust, mutual
                                                 Organizations                                                                   prosperity, and excellence in its plants,
                                                                                                                                 dealership, and offices around the world.
                                                                                                                                 The authors gives inside scoop on
                                                                                                                                 creating and maintaining a people centric
                                                                                                                                 culture that sustains consistent growth,
                                                                                                                                 innovation, profitability and excellence.




335   Event marketing                            Leonard H Hoyle            Wiley India Pvt Ltd    2002   xxiv, p. 224, pb:      The book provides the most effective        1. Event marketing 2. Marketing
                                                                                                          22.5 cm                tools for carrying out every phase of a     strategies 3. Public relations 4.
                                                                                                                                 successful, integrated marketing            Advertising
                                                                                                                                 campaign for any event from conferences
                                                                                                                                 and expositions to fairs and festivals that
                                                                                                                                 hosts 20,000 people. It explains the
                                                                                                                                 powerful forms of promotion, advertising
                                                                                                                                 and public relations

336   Financial Services                         Dr. R Shanmugham           Wiley India Pvt Ltd    2010   xxix, p. 274, pb:      The book contains chapters devoted to      1. Financial markets 2. Financial
                                                                                                          22.5 cm                credit rating, factoring, venture capital, instruments 3. Capital market 4. Money
                                                                                                                                 securitisation and depositories. The book market securities 5. Debt Market
                                                                                                                                 is on functioning and performance of the
                                                                                                                                 vibrant financial service sector in India.


337   Stop the investing rip-off: how to avoid   David B Loeper             John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xviii, p. 178, pb:     The book reveals the real costs of the     1. Investment 2. Investment advisors 3.
      being a victim and make more money                                    Inc                           22cm                   investments we make, details the false     Wealth managers 3. Broadcast media 4.
                                                                                                                                 and misleading information sold to us,     Mutual Funds 5. Exchange tradedable
                                                                                                                                 and discusses the devastating effects      funds 6. Brokers
                                                                                                                                 they can have on personal wealth

338   China and the credit crisis: the emergence Giles Chance               John Wiley and Sons    2010   xvi, p. 224, pb: 22.3 The book examines the important part        1. Credit crisis 2.China 3. Economics 4.
      of a new world order                                                  (Asia) Pvt Ltd                cm                    played by China in the run up to the        Global governance 5. Dollar dominance
                                                                                                                                credit crisis and discusses in detail
                                                                                                                                China's new and much more significant
                                                                                                                                world role on the aftermath of the crisis

339   Special economics zones: international     VK Srinivasan and PS       Media India News       2008   viii, p. 212, hb: 23.5 The book which a study on SEZ presents     1. SEZ 2. Land acquisition 3.
      experience and Indian scenario             Sundaram                   Service                       cm                     theview of both proponents and             Infrastructure facilities 4. Politics
                                                                                                                                 opponets of the SEZ scheme against the
                                                                                                                                 macro economic landscape of India.

340   A view from outside: why good              P Chidambaram              Penguin Portfolio      2007   xv, p. 372, hb: 22     The book is collection of columns        1. Indian Express 2. P. Chidambaram -
      economics works for everyone                                                                        cm                     published in Indian Express by P.        Political leader, Congress 3. Published
                                                                                                                                 Chidambaram that assesses the promises columns
                                                                                                                                 and performance of the NDA government
                                                                                                                                 in the period to 2002 to 2004. The
                                                                                                                                 columns reflect the views of P
                                                                                                                                 Chidambaram on a range of subjects
                                                                                                                                 from agriculture, reforms, budget, forex
                                                                                                                                 reserves, economic growth and tax
                                                                                                                                 policies
341       My 40 years with SBI                          PG Kakodkar                Goan Observer Pvt ltd 2006     p. 545, hb: 22 cm        The book is biographical account of PG          1. State Bank of India 2. PG Kakodkar - Ex
                                                                                                                                           Kakodkar as well as the story of State          chairman of SBI
                                                                                                                                           Bank of India set against the back drop of
                                                                                                                                           the ever changing political and economic
                                                                                                                                           scenario
342       Plain speaking: selected writings on the      S Boothalingam             Affiliated by East-West 1994   xv, p. 414, hb: 22       S Boothlingam was one of the pillars of         1. Economic liberalisation 2. National
          Indian economy and administration                                        Press Pvt Ltd                  cm                       the Civil Services in the first two decades     income and savings 3.Public finance 4.
                                                                                                                                           of Independence and a profilic writer,          Industry 5. Global economy 6. Capital
                                                                                                                                           takes a hard and close look at the Indian       market 7. External finance 8.
                                                                                                                                           economy and administration in this book,        Infrastructure
                                                                                                                                           collection of his selected writings

343       Confessions of a Swadeshi reformer: my        Yashwant Sinha             Penguin Viking         2007    xiii, p. 261, hb: 21.5 In this book Yashwant Sinha gives the     1. Yashwant Sinha - Political leader,
          years as Finance Minister                                                                               cm                     inside story of how the framework for the Finance Minister, Mar 1998 - Jul 2002 3.
                                                                                                                                         growth has taken place subsequently laid Budget 4. Economic rereforms 5. Politics
                                                                                                                                         at the time when Yashwant Sinha was the
                                                                                                                                         Finance Minister

344       Ram Buxani: taking the high road              Ram Buxani                 Motivate Publishing    2003    xii,, p. 203, hb: 24     Autobiography of Ram Buxani -                   1. Ram Buxani - Businessman 2.
                                                                                                                  cm                       Businessman                                     Autobiography
345       The new Capitalist: how citizen investors     Stephen Davis, Jon         Harvard Business       2006    xvii, p. 288, hb: 23.5   In this book the authors show how in this       1. Economy 2. Accountability 3. Market 4.
          are reshaping the corporate agenda            Lukomnik and David Pitt-   School Press                   cm                       new ag, successful enterprises                  Accounting standards
                                                        Watson                                                                             increasingly are those that demonstrate
                                                                                                                                           skill in cultivating commercial dynamism
                                                                                                                                           in a context of accountability to
                                                                                                                                           shareowners.
346       Competing with the best: stratrgic            Rajnish Karki              Penguin Portfolio      2008    xi, p. 242, hb: 21.5     The book bridges the theory and the             1.Strategic management 2. Indian
          management of Indian companies in a                                                                     cm                       practice of strategic management,               companies
          globalizing arena                                                                                                                focusing on under explored yet globally
                                                                                                                                           significant aspects of Indian companies.

347       Building India with partnership: the story Sharmila Kantha with          Penguin Portfolio      2006    xvi, p.344, hb: 21.5 The book traces the birth and            1. Confederation of Indian Industry (CII)
          of CII, 1895-2005                          Subhajyoti Ray                                               cm                   development to maturity of modern
                                                                                                                                       Indian industry. This is a story of
                                                                                                                                       remarkable institution and an account of
                                                                                                                                       a country's industrial growth and
                                                                                                                                       economic changes over a century

348       India's global wealth club: the stunning      Geoff Hiscock              John Wiley and Sons    2008    xiii, p. 294, hb: 23     The book is an essential guide to the men       1. Non resident Indians 2. Media and
          rise of its billionaires and the secrets of                              (Asia) Pvt Ltd                 cm                       and women who are making India a force          Entertainment 3. Telecommunications 4.
          their success                                                                                                                    to be reckoned with. It also list profiles of   Industry 5. Lakshmi N Mittal - Industrialist
                                                                                                                                           the top 100 billionaires                        6. Mukesh Ambani 7. Anil Ambani 8. Azim
                                                                                                                                                                                           Premji 9. Kumar Mangalam Birla


349 (2)   Dhirubhaism: the remarkable work of           AG Krishnamurthy           Tata McGraw-Hill       2007    xxix, p. 96, pb: 21.3 The book is an attempt to capture unique 1. Dhirubhai Ambani - Industrialist 2.
          philosophy of Dhirubhai Ambani                                           Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                    insights and the work philosophy of      Philosophy of work
                                                                                                                                        Dhirubhai Ambani into remarkable
                                                                                                                                        thinking process and practices of the
                                                                                                                                        India's most successful entrepreneurs

350       The hero project                              Robert Hatch and           Tata McGraw-Hill       2006    xviii, p. 204, pb: 22 The book includes one-on-one interviews 1. Interviews
                                                        William Hatch              Publishing Co. Ltd             cm                    of the most famous, accomplished
                                                                                                                                        people in the field of sports, music,
                                                                                                                                        politics, arts and others
351   The miracle of democracy: India's         TS Krishnamurthy         Harper Collins         2008   xiii, p. 243, hb: 21.5 The book traces the history of Indian     1. Democracy 2. General elections 3.
      amazing journey                                                    Publishers India              cm                     democracy, from the very first general    Electoral system 4. Election management
                                                                                                                              elections of 1952 to the present era of   bodies
                                                                                                                              coalition politics
352   World class in India: a casebook of       Sumantra Ghosal, Gita    Penguin Books          2001   xxvii, p. 652, pb:     The book presents the stories of some     1. Bajaj Auto Ltd 2. Hindustan Lever ltd 3.
      companies in transformation               Piramal and Sudeep                                     23.5 cm                Indian companies that have been able to   Life Insurance Corporation of India 4.
                                                Budhiraja                                                                     generate among the managers to            Tube Investments of India Ltd 5. The
                                                                                                                              overcome resistance to change and begin   Indian Watch Industry
                                                                                                                              the journey to becoming world class

353   ACC: a corporate saga                     Abha Chaturvedi and      The Associated       1997     xiii, p. 502, hb: 23.5 Corporate of saga of The Associated       1. The Associated Cement Companies Ltd
                                                Anil Chaturvedi          Cement Companies Ltd          cm                     Cement Companies Ltd. The book has        2. Organizational change 3. Management
                                                                                                                              tried to record ACC's approach to         4. Labour environment 5. Industrial
                                                                                                                              business and people over the last 60      unrest
                                                                                                                              years to bring out the areas of
                                                                                                                              organizational continuity and changes
                                                                                                                              that have occurred in this period

354   The professional                          Subroto Bagchi           Penguin Portfolio      2009   xvii, p.217, hb: 20   In the book the author gives us his        1. Subroto Bagchi - vice chairman and co-
                                                                                                       cm                    knowledge based on his lifelong            founder of MindTree Ltd
                                                                                                                             experience of what it takes to be a
                                                                                                                             professional, what qualities you need to
                                                                                                                             become a great professional and what
                                                                                                                             are the challenges of the future a
                                                                                                                             professional must be prepared for.

355   The Peter principle                       Laurence J Peter and     Penguin Portfolio      2007   p. 179, pb: 19 cm     The book is a masterpiece of               1. Management humour 2. Promotions 3.
                                                Raymond Hull                                                                 management humour and is massive           Hierarchy in organization
                                                                                                                             international best seller the message it
                                                                                                                             gives is quite relevant today

356   Intelligent stock market investing        NJ Yasaswy               Vision books           2006   p. 208, pb: 21 cm     In the book the author provides a          1. Dalal Street 2. Stock market analysis 3.
                                                                                                                             complete, step-by-step framework for       Risk return assessment 4. Economic
                                                                                                                             intelligent investing                      analysis 5. Industry analysis 6. Quality-
                                                                                                                                                                        price matrix 7. Portfolio management

357   Conquer the crash: you can survive and    Robert R Prechter, Jr.   John Wiley &Sons, Ltd 2009    xxiii, p. 456, hb:    The book outlines the how and why the     1. Stock market 2. Economic depression
      prosper in a deflationary depression                                                             23.5 cm               bubble developed                          3. Monetary deflation 4. Valuation 5.
                                                                                                                                                                       Bonds 6. Stocks
358   The fallen giant: amazing story of Hank   Ronald Shelp and         John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xx, p. 281, pb: 22.2 The book is a fascinating account of the 1. American International Group (AIG) 2.
      Greenberg and the history of AIG          AlEhrbar                 Inc                           cm                   times and troubles of American             Insurance 3. Hank Greenberg - founder,
                                                                                                                            International Group                        AIG
359   How to read a financial report            John A Tracy             John Wiley and Sons,   2009   p. 201, pb: 16.5 cm The book helps to get a grip on the profit, 1. Financial reports 2. Financial
                                                                         Inc                                                cash flow and financial condition of any statements
                                                                                                                            business
360   Writing securities research: a best       Jeremy Bolland           John Wiley and Sons    2007   xxxii, p. 219, hb:   The book helps analysts to understand      1. Research 2. Equities
      practice guide                                                     (Asia) Pvt Ltd                21.5 cm              the regulatory and best practice issues
                                                                                                                            that that constantly face.

361   Takaful Islamic Insurance: concepts and   ed by Simon Archer,      John Wiley and Sons    2009   xix, p. 316, hb: 23   The book is an invaluable reference tool 1. Takaful 2. Takaful management tools 3.
      regulatory issues                         Rifaat Ahmed Abdel       (Asia) Pvt Ltd                cm                    for anyone involved in the growing field Corporate governance 4. Insurance
                                                Karim and Volker                                                             of Shariah compliant insurance. The book industry
                                                Nienhaus                                                                     helps readers to understand the takaful
                                                                                                                             industry
362   The house of Dimon: how JP Morgan's        Patricia Crisafulli     John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xi, p. 242, hb: 23 cm The book recounts the events that            1. JP Morgan Chase 2. Jamie Dimon - CEO,
      Jamie Dimon rose to the top of the                                 Inc                                                  shaped Dimon's career, his rise to          JP Morgan Chase
      financial world                                                                                                         prominencein Citigroup to becoming CEO
                                                                                                                              of JP Morgan.
363   Trump never give up                        Donald J Trump          John Wiley and Sons,   2008   xvii, p. 179, hb: 21.5 In the book Donald J Trump, famous          1. Donald J Trump - Business man
                                                                         Inc                           cm                     business man talks about his biggest
                                                                                                                              challenges, lowest moments and
                                                                                                                              toughest fights and how he turned
                                                                                                                              setbacks into new successes
364   Madoff with the money                      Jerry Oppenheimer       John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xv, p. 256, hb: 23     The author goes behind the glaring          1. Bernie Madoff
                                                                         Inc                           cm                     headlines, the myriad lawsuits,
                                                                                                                              indicments and complaints to tell the
                                                                                                                              story of enigmatic, bizarre life of Ponzi
                                                                                                                              King Bernie Madoff.
365   Be rich and happy                          Robert T Kiyosaki and   Jaico Publishing house 2010   p. 269, pb: 21 cm      The book shows how to identify and          1. Financial security 2. Education system
                                                 Hal Zina Bennett                                                             reverse the harmful programming one
                                                                                                                              receives in classroom and learn new
                                                                                                                              habits that will set up for financial and
                                                                                                                              emotional success.
366   How a second grader beats Wall Street      Allan S Roth            John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xxvi, p. 262, hb:      This book will help readers discover how    1. Investing 2. Finance
                                                                         Inc                           21.5 cm                simple it can be to become a successful
                                                                                                                              investor
367   No man's land: a survival manual for     Doug Tatum                Penguin Portfolio      2008   ix, p. 243m pb: 20.5 The book is like a manual for growing         1. Growing companies
      growing midsize companies                                                                        cm                     small companies
368   Jeff Immelt and the new GE way:          David Magee               Tata McGraw-Hill       2009   p. 264, pb: 22 cm      The book offers an opportunity to learn     1. General Electronic company
      innovation,transformation and winning in                           Publishing Co. Ltd                                   first hand how Jeff Immelt achieved the
      the 21st century                                                                                                        impossible - replacing a irreplaceable
                                                                                                                              leader and reshaping the company in the
                                                                                                                              most difficult conditions.

369   Good small business guide: how to start                            A&C Black Publishers   2008   xvii, p. 587, pb: 22.5 This book is an ultimate resource for    1. Business Ventures 2. Marketing 3.
      and grow your own business                                         Ltd                           cm                     anyone thinkig about starting a business Communication 4. Sales

370   Free cash flow: seeing through the         George C Christy        John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xxii, p. 181, hb: 23   The book contains in-depth insights and     1. Accounting fog machine 2. Cash Flow
      accounting fog machine to find great                               Inc                           cm                     practical advice, shows how one can         3. Debt 4. Equity
      stocks                                                                                                                  analyze a company’s financial
                                                                                                                              performance and put one in better
                                                                                                                              position for winning stocks and improve
                                                                                                                              the overall returns of portfolio

371   The secret to GE's success                 William E Rothschild    Tata McGraw-Hill       2008   xvi, p. 293, hb: 23    The author who, a former GE senior        1. General Electronic company
                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     strategist, draws out the key
                                                                                                                              management lessons from GE's entire
                                                                                                                              history to show leaders everywhere how
                                                                                                                              they can achieve GE-like success in their
                                                                                                                              own organizations

372   Tramping to success: story of The Great    SN Sanklecha            Popular Prakashan      1994   xii, p. 264, hb: 22    The author writes about how the             1. The Great Easter Shipping Company Ltd
      Eastern Shipping Company Ltd                                                                     cm                     company struggled, grew and                 2. Shipping 3. Public sector 4. Jayanti
                                                                                                                              contributed to the growth of Indian         Shipping Company
                                                                                                                              Shipping
373   Trump University - Wealth building 101:    Ed Donald J Trump       John Wiley and Sons,   2007   xvii, p. 243, hb: 23   This moneywise guide provides practical     1. Finance 2. Money 3. Business 4. Stock
      your first 90 days on path to prosperity                           Inc                           cm                     strategies and real world, step-by-step     market
                                                                                                                              help that will get you to your goal of
                                                                                                                              financial freedom
374   Investor Basic                                                       The Economic Times             p. 114, pb: 18.5 cm Small booklet on the Retail investor          1. Investments 2.Equity 3. Derivatives 4.
                                                                                                                              forum giving information about basics         Mutual funds 5. Fixed income 6.
                                                                                                                              about investing                               Insurance Planning
375   Reform and change in the European Stock Jeffery R Knight             The Stock Exchange      1991   p. 46, pb: 20 cm    Small booklet on reform and changes in        1. Reforms 2. European Stock Exchange
      Exchanges                                                                                                               the European Stock Exchanges

376   Corporate Governance rating                                          Western Regional        2002   p. 9, 20.5 cm          Small booklet on corporate governance      1. Corporate governance
                                                                           Council of The                                        rating
                                                                           Institute of Company
                                                                           Secretaries of India,
                                                                           Mumbai

377   Capital market: functioning and trends                               GS Patel                1990   p. 71, pb: 20.5 cm     Information on capital market              1. Capital market 2. Stock Exchange 3.
                                                                                                                                                                            SEBI 4. Mutual funds
378   Congratulations Dhirubhai                                            National Economic and 1998     p. 59, pb: 20.3 cm     Booklet on speeches by various speakers 1. Dhirubhai Ambani - Industrialist 2. The
                                                                           Political Forum, India                                at the function held where Dhirubhai       Dean's Medal of Wharton School
                                                                                                                                 Ambani was awarded The Dean's Medal
                                                                                                                                 of Wharton School
379   What you know about mutual funds may ed by Debashis Basu             Benchmark -                    p. 80, pb: 20 cm       Booklet of articles published in Moneylife 1. Mutual funds 2. Index funds 3. Equity
      be wrong                                                             Assetmanagement                                       magazine on Mutual funds                   funds 4. Exchange traded fund
                                                                           company pvt ltd
380   Mutual funds- the myth and the reality     Debashis Basu             Consumer Education             p. 77, pb: 2.7 cm      Simple guide to inform basic idea about    1. Mutual funds
                                                                           and Research Centre                                   Mutual funds, how they perform

381   Think Twice: harnessing the power of       Michal J Mauboussin       Harvard Business        2009   xxiv, p. 190, hb:     In this book the author outlines a          1
      counterintuition                                                     School Press                   23.5cm                disciplined approach to decision making
                                                                                                                                that will significantly reduce the costly
                                                                                                                                mistakes
382   The small-cap investor: secrets to winning Ian Wyatt                 John Wiley and Sons,    2009   xi, p. 172, hb: 23 cm The author outlines his proven              1. Small-cap investor 2. IPO 3. Equity 4.
      big with small-cap stocks                                            Inc                                                  investment process and the systems that     Trading strategies
                                                                                                                                are involved- detailing eight
                                                                                                                                straightforward steps you need to take to
                                                                                                                                find, research and analyze small cap
                                                                                                                                stocks that could put big gains in
                                                                                                                                portfolio
383   Time your trades with technical analysis   Satchidanand Pradhan,     Shroff publishers and   2007   xiv, p. 335, hb: 23.5 Book on technical analysis of the market    1. Technical analysis 2. Moving average     with CD-Rom
                                                 Hemant Kale and Dr.       distributors pvt ltd           cm                    for making investments                      convergence divergence (MACD) 3.
                                                 shrirang Joshi                                                                                                             Relative strength index 4. Capital
                                                                                                                                                                            management
384   The magic and logic of Elliot Waves        Hemant Kale and Dr.       Shroff publishers and   2009   xiii, p. 185, hb: 23   The book tries to capture the essence of   1. Elliott Waves 2. R N Elliott
                                                 Shrirang Joshi            distributors pvt ltd           cm                     great work of R N Elliott and
                                                                                                                                 revolutionary ideas of Glenn Neely

385   Karz ghetana…                              Vinayak kulkarni          Fulrani prakashan       2008   p. 99, pb: 21 cm       Book on home loans                         1. Home loans 2. Fixed interest rates       In marathi
                                                                                                                                                                            3.Floating interest rates
386   Guntavanukmitra                            Vinayak kulkarni          Fulrani prakashan       2008   p. 154, pb: 21 cm      Book on investment                         1. Investments 2. Capital market 3. Safe    In marathi (with
                                                                                                                                                                            deposits 4. Mutual Fund                     cd rom)
387   Vimayache vardan                           Vinayak kulkarni          Fulrani prakashan       2009   p. 235, pb: 21 cm      Book on insurance                          1. Insurance 2. Pension 3. ULIP 4.Health    In marathi
                                                                                                                                                                            insurance
388   The Satyam saga                            Bhupesh Bhandari,         Business Standards      2009   xi, p. 186, hb: 21.5   The book unravels the story and traces     1. Satyam scam 2. Corporate
                                                 Prashanth Reddy Chintal   books                          cm                     the crisis management scenario, it also    management
                                                 and others                                                                      examines the issues of corporate
                                                                                                                                 governance, regulaoty loopholes and
                                                                                                                                 remedies
389   The winning manager                       Walter Vieira            Response books,        2005   p. 220, pb: 21 cm   The book takes an indepth and            1. Communication 2. Work ethics 3. Time
                                                                         division of Sage                                  thoughtful look at the problems and      management
                                                                         publications                                      concerns that managers deal with on
                                                                                                                           everyday basis. The book provied lessons
                                                                                                                           for shaping a successful corporate
                                                                                                                           executive
390   Profit over people                        Noam Chomsky             Madhyam books          1999   p. 175, pb: 20.8 cm The book presents Noam Chomsky's         1. Free market 2. Market democracy
                                                                                                                           thoughts on free market philosophy,
                                                                                                                           corporate controlof public opinion and
                                                                                                                           the unreported impact of non democratic
                                                                                                                           forces and policies like the World Trade
                                                                                                                           Organization etc

391   The bubble of American supremacy          George Soros             Weidenfeld and         2004   xiii. P. 207, hb: 20   Through this book the author challenges    1. The Bush doctrine 2. Bush
                                                                         Nicolson                      cm                     the Bush administration's disastrous       administration 3. Foreign policy 4.
                                                                                                                              conduct of foreign policy and the War on   American supremacy 5. International
                                                                                                                              terror                                     assistance

392   Get content get customers: turns          Joe Pulizzi and Newt     Tata McGraw-Hill       2009   xxii, p. 261, pb: 22.2 The book explains how to develop           1. Marketing 2. Content management 3.
      prospects into buyers with content        Barrett                  Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     compelling content ans seamlessly          Content marketing
      marketing                                                                                                               deliver it to customers.
393   Say it right: the first time              Loretta Malandro         Tata McGraw-Hill       2003   xii, p. 289, pb:       The book reveals the key underlying        1. Communication 2. Accountability 3.
                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd            20.8cm                 communication principles that inspire      Commitment
                                                                                                                              people to perform at the highest levels

394   Managing ethics                           S Balachandran           Sangeetha Associates   1996   p. 108, pb: 21 cm     The book is about ethics in business and    1. Ethics
                                                                                                                             non-business organisations and the role
                                                                                                                             of managers in it
395   On improving the effectiveness and          VV Bhatt and A Hasib   Indian Council for   1994     vii, p. 118, hb: 22   The book reviews the overall functioning    1. Central Bank 2. Capital markets 3.
      efficiency of The Financial system in India                        Research on                   cm                    of Indian commercial banks, IDBI, state-    Diversification 4. Macro-economic
                                                                         International                                       level financial development and the LIC
                                                                         Economic Relations                                  of India
396   Facets of Media Law                       Madhavi Goradia Divan    Eastern book company 2006     xxv, p. 340, hb: 23.5 The author covers the field, analyzing      1. Censorship 2. Copyright 3. Defamation
                                                                                                       cm                    relevant statutes and cases. The book       4. Right to Information 5. advertising
                                                                                                                             contains perceptive commentaries and
                                                                                                                             closely reasoned crtiques of various
                                                                                                                             aspects of media law

397   Turnaround: the new Ford Motor            Robert L Shook           Prentice Hall Press    1990   xi, p. 260, hb: 23.5   The book examines the innovative       1. Ford Motor Company 2. Global market
      Company                                                                                          cm                     marketing, manufacturing and
                                                                                                                              management strategies that spurred the
                                                                                                                              company's remarkable recovery

398   The Starbucks expereince                  Joseph A Michelli        Tata McGraw-Hill       2007   xiv, p. 208, hb: 21.5 The book throught insider stories,          1. The Starbucks company
                                                                         Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                    anecdotes and step-by-step strategies
                                                                                                                             takes one deep inside one of the most
                                                                                                                             talked about company The Starbucks in
                                                                                                                             the world today

399   The starfish and the spider               Ori Brafman and ROD S    Penguin Portfolio      2006   p. 229, pb: 22.2 cm In the book the talks about the principle 1
                                                Beckstrom                                                                  of starfish and how establidshed
                                                                                                                           companies and institutions are learning
                                                                                                                           how to incorporate starfish's principle to
                                                                                                                           achieve

400   Mega trenders Asia                        John Naisbitt            Nicholas Naisbitt      1995   xiii,p. 272, pb: 23    Book on eight mega trends in Asia that is 1. Networks 2. technology 3. Women
                                                                                                       cm                     changing the worls                        labour 4. Consumers
401   He swam with the sharks for an icecream Dhaval Bathia               Jaico Publishing house 2010    xvii, p. 306, pb: 21 Book on fulfilling dreams and achieving 1
                                                                                                         cm                    success
402   China Fireworks: how to make dramatic Robert Hsu                    John Wiley and Sons,    2008   xi, p. 275, hb: 23 cm The book reveals how China transformed 1. China 2. Entrepreneurs 3. Economy
      wealth from the fastest growing economy                             Inc                                                  itself form a third-world country to the
      in the world                                                                                                             economic superpower it is today.

403   The future of management                   Gary Hamel               Harvard Business        2007   xiv, p. 272, hb: 23.5 In this book the author takes aims at the 1. Management 2. Innovation
                                                                          School Press                   cm                    legacy beliefs preventing company from
                                                                                                                               taking on challeges, with incisive analysis
                                                                                                                               and vivid illustrations the author explains
                                                                                                                               how to turn the company into serial
                                                                                                                               management innovator

404   The future of competition: co-creating     CK Prahalad and Venkat   Penguin Portfolio       2004   xiii, p. 256, pb: 22.5 The book sets the agenda for top      1. Innovation 2. Markets 3. Knowledge
      unique value with customers                Ramaswamy                                               cm                     management for co-creating the future creation 4. Forum
                                                                                                                                by revealing unprecedented
                                                                                                                                opportunities for value creation and
                                                                                                                                innovation
405   Social media and marketing : an hour a     Dave Evans               Wiley Publishing, Inc   2008   xxii, p. 409, pb: 23 The book will teach readers how to make 1. Social media 2. Marketing 3. Analysis
      day                                                                                                cm                     social media an active part of your
                                                                                                                                marketing plan so that one can turn
                                                                                                                                customer conversations about brand,
                                                                                                                                product, service and company into
                                                                                                                                sustainable competitive advantage

406   The ice cream maker                        Subir Chowdhury          Doubleday, division of 2006    p. 115, pb: 19 cm      The author illustrates what businesses      1. Innovation 2. Quality
                                                                          Random Inc                                            must do to instill quality into our culture
                                                                                                                                and into products and services we design,
                                                                                                                                build and market.

407   Ambani vs Ambani: storms in the sea        Alam Srinivas            Roli books              2005   xix, p. 242, pb:21  A complete account of the saga of the     1. Ambani family
      wind                                                                                               cm                  split between Ambani brothers
408   Centenary Commemorative Volume                                      RBI                     1996   xii, p. 171, hb: 24 Book on lectures by Chintaman             1. Chintaman Dwarakanath Deshmukh -
                                                                                                         cm                  Dwarakanath Deshmukh - the first          first governor of Rbi
                                                                                                                             governor of Reserve Bank of India
409   Megatrends: ten new directions             John Naisbitt            Macdonald and Co        1982   p. 290, hb: 21.5 cm The book outlines where our technology
      transforming our lives                                                                                                 is taking us, how we will be governed and
                                                                                                                             how the social structure will change

410   Buyology: how everything we believe        Martin Linstrom          RH business books       2008   xi, p. 240, pb: 22.5   The book shares the result of research
      about why we buy is wrong                                                                          cm                     done by the author revealing that what
                                                                                                                                actually goes on in our mind when we an
                                                                                                                                advertisement, hear a marketing slogan
                                                                                                                                etc by a major company

411   Understanding management: the key to       C Northcote Parkinson    Vision books            1988   vii, p. 198, pb: 21    The book covers all the key areas of       1. Management 2. Leadership
      better results in your organization        and MK Rustomji                                         cm                     management

412   The demise of the dollar: and why it's a   Addison Wiggin           John Wiley and Sons,    2008   viii, p. 197, pb: 22   The book examines the many reasons          1. Dollar 2. US economy 3.Comsumption
      even better for your investments                                    Inc                            cm                     behind the decline of dollar including its
                                                                                                                                structural flaws, the growing trade deficit
                                                                                                                                and the euro, the book also discusses the
                                                                                                                                proper approaches to profiting from such
                                                                                                                                a dynamic event
413   Whistleblowing around the world: law,,      ed by Richard Calland   The Open Democracy 2004        xvi, p. 207, pb: 24   In this book four whistleblowers tell their   1. Sherron Watkins 2. Victoria Johnson 3. with CD-Rom
      culture and practice                        and Guy Dehn            Advice Centre (ODAC)           cm                    captivating stories- of courage and           Jiang Yanyong 4. Harry Templeton
                                                                                                                               principle.
414   Corporate Governance concept and          Sanjiv Agarwal            Snow White             2003    xxxii, p. 423, hb: 24 The book covers all the facets of             1. Corporate governance 2. Ethics 3.
      dimensions: a treatise on multi-                                    Publications Pvt Ltd           cm                    corporate governance                          Accountability
      dimensional approach to various issues of
      good Corporate governance

415   India is for sale                           Chitra Subramaniam      UBS Publisher's        1997 p. p. 219, hb: 21.5 cm The book is about the growing up pains 1. India 2.
                                                                          Distributors Ltd                                   of a nation and a lot about those
                                                                                                                             needless pains tht plagues one when
                                                                                                                             they refuse to grow up. The various
                                                                                                                             accounts in this book shows how our
                                                                                                                             visionless, self-respectless politicians
                                                                                                                             speak for Indians in international forums
                                                                                                                             making caricatures out of our national
                                                                                                                             aspirations and dreams

416   It happened in India                        Kishore Biyani          Rupa and Co.           2007    xii, p. 268, pb: 19.5 The book tracks the story of Kishore          1. Kishore Biyani - Entrepreneur 2. Big   Autobiograophy,
                                                                                                         cm                    Biyani an entrepreneur,who wrote his          Bazaar 3. Pantaloons 4.Retail sector      biography
                                                                                                                               very own success story and became a
                                                                                                                               leader in the pre-defined game of bulls
                                                                                                                               and bears
417   Stock market crashes of 1998 and 1999       Ravi Batra              Liberty press          1997    p. 219, pb: 21 cm     In the book we discover the historical        1. Stock market 2. Mulitinational         Stock market,
                                                                                                                               background behind the growing crisis and      Corporations 3. Globalization 4. Economic crashes
                                                                                                                               where the crisis is taking us                 Reforms

418   Strategic corporate finance: managing       JR Varma and V          Vision books           2001    p. 260, pb: 21 cm      This book focusses on the impact of crisis 1. Economic crisis 2. Corporate sector 3.   1 Corporate
      under economic crises                       Raghunathan                                                                   on the corporate sector and seeks to find Portfolio restructuring                      sector
                                                                                                                                answers through case studies

419   Indian share buyback and practices and      Dr. LC Gupta, Naveen    Society for capital    2006    xii, p. 109, hb: 21.8 The book presents systematic Indian       1. Share buyback 2.Corporate finance 3.       Shares
      their regulation: effect on share prices,   Jain and Anil Kumar     market research and            cm                    study on various aspects of share         Dividends 4.
      dividends and corporate finance                                     development                                          buyback practices from the viewpoint of
                                                                                                                               those directly affected i.e the companies
                                                                                                                               and their shareholders

420   Investors beware: how small investors       Virendra Jain           Macmillan              2001    xvi, p. 254, pb: 21    The book the sordid affair of how            1. Investors 2. Indian stock market 3.     Investors
      lost out in the spiral of booms and bust                                                           cm                     companies which made tall claims and         Parasramouria Synthetics Ltd 4. Floatglass
                                                                                                                                false promises vanished into the thin air    India Ltd
                                                                                                                                leaving the investors cheated and
                                                                                                                                bankrupt. The book focuses on the
                                                                                                                                dilema faced by investors who didn’t
                                                                                                                                know who to turn to when the
                                                                                                                                companies came out with public issues
                                                                                                                                with fudged statistics

421   In pursuit of Lakshmi: the political        Llyod I Rudolph,        Orient Longman         1987    xvii, p. 529, pb: 21  The book offers a comprehensive analysis 1. Politics 2. Indian economy 3. Electoral
      economy of the Indian state                 Sussanne Hoeber                                        cm                    of India's political economy               system 4. Parliamentary Sovereignty 5.
                                                  Rudolph                                                                                                                 Industrial Relations
422   On planning and finance in India            AD Shroff               Lalvani Publishing     1972    vii, p. 211, hb: 21.5 The book brings together all important     1.Writings 2. Planning 3. Finance 4. Tax 5. Writings
                                                                          House                          cm                    writings of AD Shroff on planning, finance Budget
                                                                                                                               , taxation, budget and emergency
                                                                                                                               economics
423   Vision of the Chairman: speeches of the                          The New India          2001   p. 234, hb: 24.5 cm Compilation of speeches delivered by AD 1. The New India Assurance Company Ltd Speeches
      late Shri. AD Shroff , Chairman                                  Assurance Company                                 Shroff as Chairman of The New India     2. AD Shroff - Chairman, The New India
                                                                       Ltd                                               Assurance Company                       Assurance Company Ltd 1946-1965

424   World Money and other articles              AV Rajwade           AV Rajwade and Co.     2006   xi, p. 577, hb: 24 cm Collection of articles of AV Rajwade        1. Political economy 2. Banking 3. Debt      Writings
                                                                                                                                                                       markets 4. Risk management 5. BoP
                                                                                                                                                                       crises
425   The Intelligent person's guide to           Amit Bhaduri and     Penguin Books          1996   xiii, p. 194, pb: 19.5 The book seeks to encourage a serious      1. Liberalization 2. Indian Economy          Indian Economy
      Liberalization                              DeepaK Nayyar                                      cm                     reappraisal of the country's bold
                                                                                                                            experiment with privatization. The book
                                                                                                                            is an analysis of the revolutionary
                                                                                                                            changes in the Indian economy

426   The cambridge Economic History of India Ed by Tapan              Orient Longman         1984   xvi, p. 543, hb: 21.5 The book traces the economic revolution 1. Economic revolution 2. Maritime trade
      Vol I c.1200-c.1750                     Raychaudhuri and Irfan                                 cm                    of the sub continent from the 13th
                                              Habib                                                                        century to modern times, VoL I

427   The cambridge Economic History of India Ed by Dharma Kumar       Orient Longman         1991   xviii, p. 1073, hb:   The book traces the economic revolution 1. Economic revolution 2. Maritime trade
      Vol II c.1200-c.1750                    and Meghnad Desai                                      21.5 cm               of the sub continent from the 13th
                                                                                                                           century to modern times, VoL II

428
429   Multimedia Information Highway: a           IL&FS                New Age International 1995    p. 466, hb: 24 cm     The book is the outcome of the Research 1. Multimedia Information Highway             Research report,
      conceptual framework                                             (P) Ltd Publishers                                  project undertaken to define and to      (MIH) 2. Policies 3. Infrastructure 4. Legal Mutlimedia
                                                                                                                           create framework to create a national    and Regulatory framework
                                                                                                                           intiative in developing an Information
                                                                                                                           Highway. The book address issues in
                                                                                                                           relation to technology, carrier options,
                                                                                                                           policy frameworks, markets and user
                                                                                                                           segments

430   Getting started in value investing          Charles S Mizrahi    John Wiley and Sons,   2008   x, p. 190, pb: 22.5   In this book the author breaks down his     1. Investment 2. Value investing
                                                                       Inc                           cm                    successful strategy so that one can learn
                                                                                                                           to effectively incorporate it in their
                                                                                                                           investment activities
431   The little book of safe money: how to       Jason Zweig          John Wiley and Sons,   2010   xxiii, p. 230, hb: 18 This book is the perfect guide for those    1. Stock investors 2. Exchange traded
      conquer Killer markets, con artists and                          Inc                           cm                    trying to make their way through tough      funds 3. Hedge funds
      yourself                                                                                                             markets
432   The face you were afraid to see             Amit Bhaduri         Penguin Books          2009   vii, p. 194, pb: 19   Essays on the Indian economy                1. Indian economy 2. Industralization
                                                                                                     cm
433   Discover the upside of down: investment Ron Coby                 John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xiii, p. 258, hb: 23 The author explains the powerful forces      1. Bear market 2. Bull market 3. Inflation
      strategies for volatile times                                    Inc                           cm                    that can destroy the customer's portfolio
                                                                                                                           and future financial well being

434   Out of poverty: What works when             Paul Polak           Tata McGraw-Hill       2008   xi, p. 232, pb: 22 cm In the book the author exposes the flaws
      traditional apporaches fail                                      Publishing Co. Ltd                                  and describes the alternate approach he
                                                                                                                           and his organization have championed-
                                                                                                                           an approach that has lifted millions out
                                                                                                                           of poverty and given them the powet to
                                                                                                                           control their own destiny

435   Classified: the political cover up of the   Henrik Westander     Maneck Davar for       1992   p. 254, pb: 21.4 cm The book is an readable narrative of the      1. Bofors scandal
      Bofors scandal                                                   Sterling Newspapers                               entire Bofos transaction sheds light on
                                                                       Pvt Ltd                                           collusion between the old Palme and
                                                                                                                         Rajiv Gandhi government.
436   EQ and Leadership                        PT Joseph, SJ           Tata McGraw-Hill       2007     xiii., p. 385, hb: 23   The book brings out the context of         1. Emotional intelligence 2. Leadership
                                                                       Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                      emotional intelligence and the
                                                                                                                               underpinnings of leadership. The book
                                                                                                                               intends leaders and managers to
                                                                                                                               inculcate the essence of leadership and
                                                                                                                               value add to self, organization and
                                                                                                                               society
437   Indian Shareowners: a survey             LC Gupta                Society for capital    1991     xxviii, p. 173, hb:     Survey on the Indian shareowners           1. Share holders 2. Indian Capital market
                                                                       market research and             21.5 cm                                                            3. Equity shares 4. Investors 5. Liquidity
                                                                       development
438   Pipe dreams: greed, ego and the death of Robert Bryce            Public affairs         2003     xvii, p. 410, pb: 20.4 The book on Enron once of the 7th         1. Enron
      Enron                                                                                            cm                     largest company of America, the book is a
                                                                                                                              hard hitting, incisive and compelling
                                                                                                                              narrative that explains the company’s
                                                                                                                              rise and fall
439   Reliance the real Natwar                 Arun K Agarwal          Manas Publication      2008     p. 282, hb: 21.5 cm The book is about the loot of oil wealth of 1. Reliance Industries 2.Oil scam 3. Iraq
                                                                                                                              the country and about all the other kinds 4. Kuwait 5. india
                                                                                                                              of loot and tainted questions over the
                                                                                                                              name of Reliance seems to mysteriously
                                                                                                                              loom

440   Reforms in Indian financial sector                               Indian Institute of    2009     p. 261, pb: 23.5 cm Lectures by eminent personalities fom          1. Reforms 2. Indian finance sector
                                                                       Banking and Finance                                 the finance sector

441   Unit Trust of India and Mutual funds     RS Bhatt                UTI Institute of capital 1996   p. 210, pb: 22 cm       Study on the mutual funds and Unit Trust 1. Unit Trust of India 2. Mutual Funds 3.
                                                                       markets                                                 of India                                 SBI Mutual Fund 4. Canbank Mutual Fund
                                                                                                                                                                        5. GIC Mutual Fund 6. LIC Mutual Fund 7.
                                                                                                                                                                        Indbank Mutual Fund 8. BOI Mutual Fund

442   Corporate governance: challenges and     Bimal R Bhatt           Hitakakadi Inc.        2008     xiv, p. 512, pb: `26.7 Book on challenges and necessity of         1. Corporate governance
      necessity for emerging India                                                                     cm                     corporate governance for today's India

443   The brand book                                                   Ahuja constructions    2009                             Book by Ahuja constructions talking        1. Ahuja constructions
                                                                                                                               about building a brand
444   Ambani bandhuon ka gas vivad             Nandkishore Bhartia     Sowmya Prakashan       2009     p. 72, pb: 20 cm        Book on gas dispute between Ambani         1. Anil Ambani 2 Mukesh Ambani 3. Gas
                                                                                                                               brothers                                   dispute
445   Luxury brand management                  Michael Chevalier and   John Wiley and Sons    2008     xiv, p. 423, hb: 23     Book on brand management. The book         1. Brand management 2. Luxury industry
                                               Gerald Mazzalovo        (Asia) Pvt Ltd                  cm                      reconciles management, marketing and       3. Luxury sector 4. Communication 5.
                                                                                                                               creation with real-life examples and       Brand lifecycle 6. Brand identity
                                                                                                                               management tools that the authors have
                                                                                                                               successfully used their professional
                                                                                                                               careers

446   Transactions in shares and securities:   Pradip Kapasi, Gautam   Bombay Chartered       2006     x, p. 306, hb: 23 cm Book on transactions in shares and            1. Debt instruments 2. Capital gains 3.
      taxation and accounting                  Nayak and Ameet Patel   Accountants' Society                                 securities                                    Dividends 4. Employee stock option plans
                                                                                                                                                                          5. Liquidation
447   The Search: how Google and its rival     John Battele            Penguin group          2005     p. 311, hb:23 cm        The book offers inside story of Google's   1. Google
      rewrote the rules of business and                                                                                        truimph, it also gives the big picture
      transformed our culture                                                                                                  about the past, present and future of
                                                                                                                               search technology and enormous impact
                                                                                                                               its starting to have.
448       Corporate governance and stewardship:       N Balasubramanian       Tata McGraw-Hill       2010   p. xvii, p. 751, hb:   The book addresses the need for a critical 1. Corporate governance
          emerging role and responsibilities of                               Publishing Co. Ltd            23 cm                  scrutiny and urgent reform of corporate
          corporate boards and directors                                                                                           governance models and practices
                                                                                                                                   drawing upon the author's vast industry
                                                                                                                                   and academic experience.

449 (2    Warren Buffet on business: principles       Richard J Connors       John Wiley and Sons,   2010   xii, p. 259, pb: 23    The author presents Buffets own words 1. Warren Buffet
copies)   from the sage of Omaha                                              Inc                           cm                     on corporate culture, communication,
                                                                                                                                   risk management, time management,
                                                                                                                                   crisis management, capital allocation and
                                                                                                                                   management

450       Back to the future: roots of commodity      Jignesh Shah and        Takshashila Academia 2009     p. 143, hb: 21 cm      The book explores ancient Indian history 1. Commodity trade 2. Ancient India
          trade in India                              Biswajeet Rath          of Economic Research                                 and the information it provides on
                                                                                                                                   commodity trade, contemporary prices,
                                                                                                                                   market places, traders and trade routes,
                                                                                                                                   measurement systems and state
                                                                                                                                   regulations of such trade

451       When markets collide: Investment            Mohamed El -Erian       Tata McGraw-Hill       2008   xiii, p. 344, 22.5 cm In this book the author puts recent          1. Global institutions 2. Investors 3.
          strategies for the age of global economic                           Publishing Co. Ltd                                  events in proper context, giving the tools   Global economic changes
          change                                                                                                                  that helps to interpret the markets,
                                                                                                                                  benefit the economic change and
                                                                                                                                  navigate the risks
452       Forgotten wars                              Christopher Bayly and   Penguin Books          2008   xxx, p. 534, 19 cm The book narrates the story of the              1. Asia 2. Burma intransigent 3. Liberal
                                                      Tim Harper                                                                  struggles of military commanders and         imperialism 4. Black market
                                                                                                                                  revolutionary leaders but also of ordinary   administration 5. The Malayan revolution
                                                                                                                                  people caught up in the insurgency,
                                                                                                                                  rioting and turmoil that heralded the
                                                                                                                                  birth of a new Asia
453       The Business of value investing             Sham M Gad              John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xx, p. 268, 23 cm     The book chronicles the step-by-step         1. Value investing
                                                                              Inc                                                 process of successful value investing

454       The investor's manifesto: preparing for     William Bernstein       John Wiley and Sons,   2010   xxii, p. 201, 21.5 cm The book lays out timeless strategies in a 1. Investing
          prosperity, armageddon, and everything                              Inc                                                 clear, easy-to-understand manner.
          in between
455       Mergers and acquisitions                    AP Dash                 IK International       2010   viii, p. 262, 23.5 cm The book captures the entire spectrum of 1. Mergers and Acquisitions 2. Business
                                                                              Publishing House Pvt                                mergers and acquisitions activity and    Valuation 3. Due diligence 4. Merger
                                                                              Ltd                                                 shares the contours of the               management
                                                                                                                                  implementation process. The book
                                                                                                                                  attempts to provide working knowledge
                                                                                                                                  and skill of underlying concepts,
                                                                                                                                  contractual obligations, tax impat and
                                                                                                                                  legal background of M&A.

456       Wisdom on value investing: how to profit Gabriel Wisdom             John Wiley and Sons,   2009   xvii, p. 189, 23 cm    The book offers the tool to invest          1. Value investing 2.
          on fallen angels                                                    Inc                                                  successfully in both bull and bear
                                                                                                                                   markets-sharing the top ten traits of the
                                                                                                                                   greates investor in history
457       Code of Banks's Commitment to Micro                                 Banking Codes and      2008   p. 35, 21 cm           Codes by BCSBI for micro and small          1. Banking Codes and Standards Board of
          and small enterprises                                               Standards Board of                                   enterprises                                 India
                                                                              India
458       Code of Bank's commitment to Customers                              Banking Codes and      2009   p. 39, 21 cm           Codes by BCSBI for customers                1. Banking Codes and Standards Board of
                                                                              Standards Board of                                                                               India
                                                                              India
459   India in transition through the eyes of a                            HDFC and ICICI        1995   p. 602, 28 cm         Writings of HT Parekh                       1. HT Parekh 2. Stock Exchange regulation
      visionary - Writings of HT Parekh Vol I                                                                                                                             3. Investment market 4. Capital market 5.
                                                                                                                                                                          Foreign investment 6. Gorwala
                                                                                                                                                                          Committee
460   India in transition through the eyes of a                            HDFC and ICICI        1996   p. 679, 28 cm         Writings of HT Parekh                       1. HT Parekh 2. Industrial management 3.
      visionary - Writings of HT Parekh Vol II                                                                                                                            Steel and Tariff Board 4. Tariff
                                                                                                                                                                          commission 5. Automobile industry 6.
                                                                                                                                                                          Industrial Policy 7. Company Law
                                                                                                                                                                          Amendment
461   Daughters of Maharashtra: portraits of      Abhijit Varde            Kalanirnay            1997   xv, p. 149, 29 cm     Portraits of Women who are building         1. Women achievers
      women who are building Maharashtra                                                                                      Maharashtra

462   … from the dawn of aviation: The Qantas     John Stackhouse          Qantas                       p. 224, 29.5 cm                                                   1. Qantas Airlines
      story
463   A bunch of flowers                          Ketaki Kothare-Jayakar   Ketaki Jayakar        2010   p. 102, 21 cm         Real life accounts of women who have        1. Ketaki Kothare - Jayakar- Lawyer
                                                                                                                              been victims of circumstances and have
                                                                                                                              chosen Ketaki Jayakar to solve the legal
                                                                                                                              matter
464   The art and science of teaching children    Amar Pandit              Network 18            2009   p. 199, 21.5 cm       The book helps parents to take hands on     1. Money 2. Savings 3. Financial literacy
      about money                                                          Publication pvt ltd                                approach to make their children
                                                                                                                              financially literate
465   Effects of futures markets on Agricultural Ed- Madhoo Pavaskar       Takshashila Academia 2009    p. 223, 23 cm         The book is a collection of select papers   1.Writings 2. Paper presented
      commodities                                                          of Economic Research                               presented at the seminar on Agro
                                                                                                                              Commodity Futures in India: Impact on
                                                                                                                              Production and prices
466   Media Ethics: truth fairness and            Paranjoy Guha Thakurta   Oxford University            xviii, p. 334, 23.5   The book is a comprehensive text book       1. Media
      objectivity                                                          Press                        cm                    designed for courses in mass
                                                                                                                              communication and journalism, it is
                                                                                                                              aimed at sensitizing aspiring media
                                                                                                                              students to issues faced by working
                                                                                                                              professionals
467   Corporate governance reporting (model                                The Institute of    2003     p. 309, 23.5 cm       Model formats                               1. Reports 2. Corporate governance 3.
      formats)                                                             Company Secretaries                                                                            Institute of Secretaries of India
                                                                           of India
468   Glimpses of Indian Stock markets            MR Mayya                 Indian Institute of 2010     ix, p. 357, 24 cm     Over view of the Indian Stock market        1. Stock market 2. Writings of MR Mayya
                                                                           Capital Markets
469   Amazing Amils: lessons from the lives of    Shernaaz Engineer        The Khudabadi Amil  2009     p. 180 24.5 cm        Biographical account of various achievers 1. Hotchand Gopaldas Advani - Barrister
      Sindhi achievers                                                     Panchayat of Bombay                                from Sindhi community                     and Educationist 2.Ashok Mohan Advani
                                                                                                                                                                        3. Suneel Mohan Advani - Proprietors,
                                                                                                                                                                        Blue Star Ltd 4. Pankaj Arjan Advani -
                                                                                                                                                                        World snooker champion

470   Lords of Finance: the bankers who broke     Liaquat Ahamed           William Heinemann     2009   p. 564, 23.5 cm       The book is a potent reminder of the        1. The great depression 2. Bank of         depression in
      the world                                                                                                               enormous impact that the decisions of       England 3. Montagu Norman - banker         economy,
                                                                                                                              central bankers can have, of their                                                     economic
                                                                                                                              fallibility and its consequences                                                       meltdown,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     markets
471   Memories, men and matters                   N Raghunathan            Bhartiya Vidya Bhavan 1999   xxi, p. 469, 24 cm    Memoirs of N Raghunath                      1. N Raghunath - IAS officer, Dp secretary Autobiography,
                                                                                                                                                                          Joint secretary and secretary of the State biography
                                                                                                                                                                          Finance Department, md State Co-
                                                                                                                                                                          operative Marketing Federation

472   Mr Editor, how close are you to the PM?' Vinod Mehta                 Konark Publishers Pvt 1999   xxix, p. 239, 21.5    Writing of Vinod Mehta                      1. Vinod Mehta - journalist, editor         Writings
                                                                           Ltd                          cm
473   Beyond the last blue mountain: a life of    RM Lala                  Viking                1992   p. 400, 22 cm         Biography of JRD Tata                       1.Biography 2. JRD Tata                     Biography
      JRD Tata
474   Champions of freedom: the privatization   Ed by Joseph S Mc               Tata McGraw-Hill       1987    xv, p. 135, 20 cm      Lecture series on privatization revolution 1. Privatization                           Lecture series
      revolution                                Namara, and Lissa               Publishing Co. Ltd
                                                Roche
475   Fare, forward, voyager                    Frank Simoes                    AD Shroff Memorial     1990    p. 270, 23 cm          Book on Vasudev M Salgaocar an             1. Vasudev M Salgaocar - industrialist,    Autobiography,
                                                                                Trust                                                 industrialist                              innovative financer                        biography
476   Idli, Orchid and mee (marathi)            Vitthal V kamath                Majestic Prakashan             viii, p. 195, 17 cm    Autobiographical account of Vitthal        1. Vitthal Kamath - Hotelier 2.            Autobiography,
                                                                                                                                      Kamath                                     Autobiography                              biography
477   Idli, Orchid and mee (marathi)            Vitthal V kamath                Media Publication      2010    viii, p. 160, 21cm     Autobiographical account of Vitthal        1. Vitthal Kamath - Hotelier 2.            Autobiography,
                                                                                                                                      Kamath                                     Autobiography                              biography
478   Many paths one goal                       JP Vaswani                      Sterling Publishers Pvt 2010   p.250, 21 cm           Book on various religions                  1. Religions                               others
                                                                                Ltd
479   Train to India: memories of another       Maloy Krishna Dhar              Penguin Books           2009   xiii, p. 307, hb: 19   The book is untold story of the human      1. Partition 2. Bengal                     others
      Bengal                                                                                                   cm                     tragedy in Bengal before, during and
                                                                                                                                      after partition
480   The painter: a life of Ravi Verma         Deepanjana Pal                  Random House India     2009    xv, p. 284, hb: 20     Biography of Painter - Raja Ravi Verma     1. Raja Ravi Verma - Artiste 2. Painting   Autobiography,
                                                                                                               cm                                                                                                           biography
481   The Scam: who won, who lost and who       Debashis Basu and               UBS Publisher's        1993    xxi, p. 294, hb: 21.5 The book is an account of biggest ever      1. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) 2. State
      got away                                  Sucheta Dalal                   Distributors Ltd               cm                    Indian Scam - Harshad Mehta scam            Bank of India (SBI) 3. Harshad Mehta

482   Adhinayak                                 Savita Bhave              Mar   Continental Prakashan 2006     ix, p. 203, hb: 22.5 Biography of Sheth Lalchand Hirachand        1. Sheth Lalchand Hirachand -              Biography
                                                                                                               cm                                                                Industrialist 2. Biography
483   Vatchal                                   Pratap Pawar              Mar   Sakal Papers Ltd       2005    p. 300, pb: 20.5 cm Autobiography of Pratap Pawar                 1. Pratap Pawar - md and Managing          Autobiography,
                                                                                                                                                                                 Editor of Sakal Papers Limited and         biography
                                                                                                                                                                                 Chairman of Ajay Metachem Group of
                                                                                                                                                                                 Industries 2. Autobiography

484   Jamshetji Tata yanche Bharat Prem         RM Lala, Shirish          Mar   Utkarsh Prakashan      2007    p. 227, pb: 21 cm      Book on Jamshetji Tata and his work for    1. Jamshetji Tata
                                                Sahastrabudhe -                                                                       India
                                                Translator

485   Maharathi Businessworldche                Vanraj Malvi              Mar   Self development       2008    p. 178, pb: 21 cm      Book on various businessman over the       1. Lakshmi Mittal 2. Bill Gates 3. Walt
                                                                                publications                                          world                                      Disney 4. George Eastmen 5. Henry Ford

486   Maharathi Bhartiya Businessworldche       Vanraj Malvi              Mar   Self development       2007    p. 206, pb: 21 cm      Book on various businessman from India 1. Jamshetji Tata 2. Jamnalal Baja 3.
                                                                                publications                                                                                 Ghanshyamdas Birla 4. Lakshman Rao
                                                                                                                                                                             Kirloskar 5. Mohansingh Oberoi 6.
                                                                                                                                                                             Digambar Dandekar 7. Dhirubhai Ambani

487   JRD - Mee Pahilele                        DR Pendse - author ,      Mar   Rajhans Prakashan Pvt 2004     xii, p. 197, pb: 21    Book on JRD Tata by DR Pendse              1. JRD Tata
                                                Bhalchandra Joshi and           Ltd                            cm
                                                Shirish Sahastrabudhe -
                                                translators

488   JRD : ek chaturstra manus                 Prof. Madhuri Shanbag     Mar   Mehta Publishing       2009    p. 150, pb: 21 cm      Book on various articles on JRD Tata       1. JRD Tata
                                                                                House
489   Hi shrinchi iccha                         Shri Thanedar, Dr         Mar   Chemir Inc., USA       2009    ix, p. 205, pb: 20.7   Autobiography of Srinivas Thanedar         1. Srinivas Thanedar - Businessman 2.    Autobiography,
                                                                                                               cm                                                                Autobiography
490   Thought leaders                           Srinivas Pandit - author, Mar   Mehta Publishing       2009    vii, p. 403, pb: 21                                               1. Annu Agha 2. Dhananjau Bakhale 3.
                                                Supriya Vakil and Vilas         House                          cm                                                                Rajabhau Chitale 4. Ravi Khanna 5. Ashok
                                                Wadkar - translators                                                                                                             Suta

491   Majhi corporate yatra                     Ramesh Joshi              Mar   Rajhans Prakashan Pvt 2005     viii, p. 215, pb: 21   Autobiograhy of Ramesh Joshi               1. Ramesh Joshi - Industrialist 2.         Autobiography,
                                                                                Ltd                            cm                                                                Autobiography                              biography
492   Business Legends                          Geeta Piramal - author,   Mar   Mehta Publishing      2008     xiii, p. 474, pb: 21   Book on legends of Business                1. JRD Tata 2. GD Birla 3. Walchand
                                                Ashok Jain - translator         House                          cm21 cm                                                           Hirachand Doshi 4. Kasturbhai Lalbhai
493   Akio Morito aani Sony                        David Marshal - author,   Mar   Orient Longman         2007   p. 64, pb: 20 cm       Book on Okio Maruti and Sony              1. Sony
                                                   Achyut Godbole -
                                                   translator
494   Jidh                                         BJ Shirke                 Mar   Rajhans Prakashan Pvt 2002    ix, p. 150, pb: 20.5   Autobiography of BJ Shirke                1. BJ Shirke                              Autobiography
                                                                                   Ltd                           cm
495   Ek Haknak Bali                               J Rajmohan Pillai and K   Mar   Chinar Publications   2002    p. 171, pb: 21 cm      Book on death of Rajan Pillai             1. Rajan Pillai - Businessman
                                                   Govind Kutty - authors,
                                                   Vidula Deshpande -
                                                   translator

496   Building Financial models with Microsoft     K Scott Proctor           Eng   Wiley India Pvt Ltd    2010   xix, p. 356, 22 cm     The book is step-by-step guide to the      1. Microsoft Excel                      Education
      Excel                                                                                                                             process of building financial models using
                                                                                                                                        Microsoft Excel
497   Chasing daylight: how my forthcoming         Eugene O'Kelly            Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill       2006   p. 179, hb: 22 cm      The book is inspirational memoir of        1. Eugene O'Kelly - former Chairman and
      death transformed my life                                                    Publishing Co. Ltd                                   Eugene O'Kelly                             ceo of KPMG

498   Happy Hours: the penguin book of             Bhaichand Patel           Eng   Penguin                2009   p. 304, hb: 21.5 cm Book on various cocktails
      cocktails
499   Limited liability Partnership: tax planning, KK Ramani and NC Jain     Eng   Outlook Publishing (I) 2010   xx, p. 536, pb: 23   Book on Limited liability partnership       1. Limited liability partnership
      law and practice                                                             Pvt Ltd                       cm
500   India and China: the battle between soft Prem Shankar Jha              Eng   Penguin Viking         2010   x, p. 398, hb: 22 cm The book examines the social and            1. India 2. China
      and hard power                                                                                                                  political conflicts that the market has
                                                                                                                                      unleashed and the successes and failures
                                                                                                                                      of these countries in trying to contain
                                                                                                                                      them
501   Its not bad as you think: why capitalism     Brian S Wesbury           Eng   John Wiley and Sons,   2010   xiii, p. 210, hb: 23 The book reveals the real reasons behind    1. Economic crisis 2. Economic recession Eonomy and
      trumps fear and the economy will thrive                                      Inc                           cm                   the panic of 2008 and why it seems so       3. Economic systems 4. Capitalistic      capitalism
                                                                                                                                      much more severe than past crises, it       enterprises 5. Market economy 6. Debt 7.
                                                                                                                                      uncovers a history of enterpreneurship      Industrial revolution
                                                                                                                                      that one should trust and explains how
                                                                                                                                      the V shaped recovery can take place and
                                                                                                                                      how wealth can be found again

502   The future of finance: how private equity Dan Schwartz                 Eng   John Wiley & Sons      2010   xii, p. 222, hb: 23  The book introduces privat equity and       1. Private equity 2. Venture Capital 3.   Investment
      and venture capital will shape the global                                    (Asia) Pte Ltd                cm                   venture capital. The book discusses the     Capital market 4.
      economy                                                                                                                         events that triggered the global
                                                                                                                                      downturn.
503   Fiscal Hangover: how to profit from the      Keith Fitz-Gerald         Eng   John Wiley and Sons,   2010   x, p. 333, hb: 23 cm Book on how to make profit from simple      1. Investment 2. Capital investment 3.   Investment
      new global economy                                                           Inc                                                ideas that form the basis of the new        Pyramid strategies 4. Investment returns
                                                                                                                                      global economy, the author show how to
                                                                                                                                      capitalize on each and every trend

504   When the going gets tough: strategic         VG Patel                  Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill       2007   xvii, p. 156, pb: 22   The book prepares budding                 1. Capital investment 2. Business
      responses to business crises                                                 Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     enterpreneurs with what to expect when    Management 3. Business Economics 4.
                                                                                                                                        they set up a new business ad provides    Enterpreneurs
                                                                                                                                        them with tools to circumvent and
                                                                                                                                        survive these crises
505   Risk management in cotton                    Madhoo Pavaskar and       Eng   Takshashila Academia 2010     p. 94, pb: 20 cm       Book on risk management in cotton, the    1.Risk management 2. Indian Cotton        INV/MAN
                                                   Archana Kshirsagar              of Economic Research                                 book talks about the Indian cotton        market 3. Optimal Hedge ratio 4. Future
                                                                                                                                        market, fators affecting cotton prices,   trades
                                                                                                                                        cotton supply, cotton demand, it also
                                                                                                                                        talks about hedging and trading in
                                                                                                                                        futures
506   The World Bank in India: Project Portfolio                             Eng   The World Bank         2009   p. 132, pb: 29 cm      Book on various projects implemented in   1. The World Bank                         Reference
      2009                                                                                                                              India state wise
507      Innovative India rises                      ed by LK Sharma          Eng   Medialand London                xv, p. 348, hb: 30     The book attempts to chronicle the          1. Science 2. Technology 3. Research and Reference
                                                                                                                                           country's prowess in various sectors        development
                                                                                                                                           through a collection of articles written by
                                                                                                                                           a veritable who’s who of India's best and
                                                                                                                                           brightest - scientist, technologists,
                                                                                                                                           government officials, thought leaders,
                                                                                                                                           journalists, diplomats and enterpreneurs

508      Mint road milestones: RBI at 75             Bazil Shaikh, Rajneeta   Eng   Reserve Bank of India    2010   p. 475, hb: 28.5 cm Book on the milestones of Reserve Bank        1. Reserve Bank of India (RBI)                 Banking
                                                     Dubey and SM Khot                                                                  of India which completed 75 years

509 (+1) Future of Financial markets: leadership                              Eng   Financial Technologies          p. 60, pb: 27 cm       The book gives the profiles of various     1. Financial Technologies                      Investment
         profiles                                                                                                                          leaders at Financial Technologies, its
                                                                                                                                           board and advisory board

510      34th Annual report 2008-2009                DSP Merrill Lynch        Eng   DSP Merrill Lynch        2009   p. 147, pb: 27.5 cm Annual report of DSP Merill Lynch 2008-       1. DSP Merrill Lynch 2. Annual Report          Banking
                                                                                                                                         2009
511      Report of internal enquiry into Calcutta                             Eng   UTI                      2002   p. 7228 to 7338, pb: Report of internal enquiry into Calcutta     1. Report 2. Calcutta Stock Exchange 3.        Investment
         Stock Exchange Payment Crisis and                                                                          29 cm                Stock Exchange Payment Crisis and            Unit Trust of India (UTI) 4. DSQ Software
         involvement of UTI Officials (part 38)                                                                                          involvement of UTI Officials (part 38)       Ltd

512      Oral Evidence of Ketan Parekh, stock                                 Eng                            2002   pb: 29 cm              Oral Evidence of Ketan Parekh, stock       1. Ketan Parekh - Stock broker 2. Stock Investment
         broker to the Chairman, Joint                                                                                                     broker to the Chairman, Joint              market scam 3. Joint Parliamentary
         Parliamentary Stock Market scam                                                                                                   Parliamentary Stock Market scam            Committee 4. Stock market 5. Capital
                                                                                                                                                                                      market
513      Preliminary Investigation Report on the                              Eng   Securities and           2001   pb: 29 cm              Preliminary Investigation Report on the    1. Ketan Parekh - Stock broker 2. Stock Investment
         Ketan Parekh, stock market scam                                            Exchange Board of                                      Ketan Parekh, stock market scam            market scam 3. Joint Parliamentary
                                                                                    India (SEBI)                                                                                      Committee 4. Stock market 5. Capital
                                                                                                                                                                                      market 6. Securities and Exchange Board
                                                                                                                                                                                      of India

514      Draft report of the committee on                                     Eng   Govt. of India,      2007       p. 229, pb: 29 cm      Draft report of the committee on           1. Capital market 2. Stock Exchange 3.         Investment
         Financial Sector Reforms (CFSR)                                            Planning Commission,                                   Financial Sector Reforms (CFSR)            Reserve Bank of India 4. Planning
                                                                                    New Delhi                                                                                         Commission of India

515      Securities and Exchange Board of India                               Eng   SEBI                     1996   p. 133, pb: 27 cm      Regulations of Mutual Funds                1. Securities and Exchange Board of India Investment
         (Mutual Funds) regulations, 1996                                                                                                                                             (SEBI) 2. Mutual Funds

516      Report of the committee to review the                                Eng   SEBI                            p.42, pb: 29 cm        Report of the committee appointed by       1. Over The Counter (OTC) 2. Over The      Investment
         working and                                                                                                                       SEBI to review the working and             Counter Exchange of India (OTCEI) 3.
                                                                                                                                           operations of OTC Exchange of India        Securities and Exchange Board of India
                                                                                                                                                                                      (SEBI)
517 (+1) Future of Financial markets - Annual                                 Eng   Financial Technologies          p. 172, pb: 27 cm      Annual report of Financial Technologies    1. Annual report 2. Financial Technologies Investment
         report                                                                                                                            2008-2009
518      Report of the high level committee on                                Eng                            1998    xiv, p. 201, pb: 29   Report on credit to small scale industry   1. Small scale industries 2.Industrial
         credit to SSI                                                                                              cm                                                                credit 3. Credit policy 4. Credit systems 5.
                                                                                                                                                                                      Khadi and Village Industries Commission
                                                                                                                                                                                      6. Small Industries Infrastructure
                                                                                                                                                                                      Development Fund 7. Venture Capital


519      Report on joint committee to enquire into                            Eng   Lok Sabha Secretariat    1993   xi, p. 343, pb: 28 cm Report on joint committee to enquire        1.Report 2. Capital Market 3. Stock            Investment
         irregularities in securities and banking                                                                                         into irregularities in securities and       Exchange 4. Non-Banking Financial
         transactions (Vol I)                                                                                                             banking transactions (Vol I)                Companies 5. Mutual Funds 6. Banks
520   Report on joint committee to enquire into                           Eng   Lok Sabha Secretariat   1993   iv, p. 130, pb: 28 cm Report on joint committee to enquire        1.Report 2. Capital Market 3. Stock       Investment
      irregularities in securities and banking                                                                                       into irregularities in securities and       Exchange 4. Non-Banking Financial
      transactions (Vol II)                                                                                                          banking transactions (Vol I)                Companies 5. Mutual Funds 6. Banks

521   Interim Report of the committee to                                  Eng   RBI                     1992   pb: 28 cm            Interim Report of the committee to           1.Report 2. Capital Market 3. Stock       Investment
      enquire into the Securities Transactions of                                                                                   enquire into the Securities Transactions     Exchange 4. Non-Banking Financial
      the Banks and Financial Institutions                                                                                          of the Banks and Financial Institutions      Companies 5. Mutual Funds 6. Banks

522   Annual Report of Multi Commodity                                    Eng   MCX                     2009   p. 138, pb: 29 cm    Annual Report of Multi Commodity             1. Annual report 2. Multi Commodity       Investment
      exchange of India Ltd (MCX) 2008-2009                                                                                         exchange of India Ltd (MCX) 2008-2009        Exchange of India (MCX)

523   Annual Report of Bombay Stock Exchange                              Eng   BSE                     2009   P. 97, pb: 29 cm     Annual Report of Bombay Stock Exchange 1. Annual Report 2. Bombay Stock                Investment
      2008-2009                                                                                                                     (BSE) 2008-2009                        Exchange
524   National Stock Exchange of India - 17th                             Eng   NSE                     2009   pb: 29 cm             Annual Report of National Stock             1. Annual Report 2. National Stock          Investment
      Annual Report 2008-2009                                                                                                        Exchange (NSE) 2008-2009                    Exchange (NSE)
525   Guide to Investment Strategy: how to          Peter Stanyer         Eng   The Economist and       2006   xxii, p. 250, 21.5 cm This book outlines how to construct         1. Capital Market 2. Stock Exchange 3.      Investment
      understand markets, risk, rewards and                                     Profile Books Ltd                                    investment strategies that are              Debt 4. Bonds 5. Equities 6. Private Equity
      behaviour                                                                                                                      appropriate for individual investors, the   7. Real Estate
                                                                                                                                     book emphasis the importance of taking
                                                                                                                                     insights from behavioural analysis into
                                                                                                                                     account
526   Business Leaders who changed the world Kateri Drexler               Eng   Jaico Publishing house 2010    x, p. 248 hb: 22 cm Profiles of 11 business leaders               1. Jeff Bexos 2. Richard Branson 3.      General
                                                                                                                                                                                 Warren Buffet 4. Michael Dell 5. Bill    Management
                                                                                                                                                                                 Gates 6. Andrew Grove 7. Capital market
                                                                                                                                                                                 8. Business
527   Business Icons who changed the world          Kateri Drexler        Eng   Jaico Publishing house 2011    x, p. 268, pb: 22 cm Profiles of 11 business icons                1. Herb Kelleher 2. Phil Knight 3. Anita others
                                                                                                                                                                                 Roddick 4. Howard Schultz 5. Martha
                                                                                                                                                                                 Stewart 6. Donald Trump 7. Jack Welch

528   How to be your management guru                Morgan Witzel         Eng   Penguin Portfolio                                   Book on management                           1. Matrix Organization 2. Management      General
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Management
529   Don’t sprint the marathon                     V Raghunath           Eng   Harper Collins                                      Book on how parents should try to       1                                              ***
                                                                                                                                    understand their children and try to
                                                                                                                                    encourage them in whatever they wish to
                                                                                                                                    do
530   Built to serve: how to drive the bottom       Dan J Sanders         Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill                                    The book talks about people-centered    1. Management                                  General
      line with people-first practices                                          Publishing Co. Ltd                                  culture that consistently delivers                                                     Management
                                                                                                                                    outstanding customer service and
                                                                                                                                    reveals how one can develop a fully
                                                                                                                                    engaged, productive workforce

531   The road ahead - Bill Gates                   Nathan Myhrvold and   Eng   Penguin Books                                       The book is Bill Gates's bird-eye view of    1. Information age 2. Computers 3.        General
                                                    Peter Rinearson                                                                 the undiscovered territory ahead - an        Technology 4. Bill Gates 5. Microsoft     Management
                                                                                                                                    authoritative, thought-provoking and
                                                                                                                                    very readable guide
532   Then we set his hair on fire: insights and    Phil Dusenberry       Eng   Penguin Portfolio                                   In this book the author reveals what         1. Advertising 2. Phil Dusenberry -       General
      accidents from Hall-of-fame career in                                                                                         really works in the fiercely competitive     chairman and chief creative officer -     Management
      advertising                                                                                                                   game of trying to stick in the consumer's    BBDO
                                                                                                                                    mind and also shows how anyone can
                                                                                                                                    approach marketing problems from a
                                                                                                                                    unique angle
533     Overpromise and overdeliver: the secrets Rick Barrera                 Eng   Penguin Portfolio                              In the book marketing guru Rick Barrera 1. Management 2. Marketing 3. Brand         General
        of unshakeable customer loyalty                                                                                            uses research and case studies to show marketing                                    Management
                                                                                                                                   how these word of mouth driven
                                                                                                                                   successes have mastered the TouchPoint
                                                                                                                                   Branding - the art of making sure that
                                                                                                                                   every point of contact between a
                                                                                                                                   company and its customers is well
                                                                                                                                   executed and fulfills an over the top
                                                                                                                                   brand promise

534     Satisfaction: how every great company       Chris Denove and James Eng      Penguin Portfolio                              The book offers tactical advice for        1. Management 2. Customer oriented       others
        listens to the voice of the customer        Power IV                                                                       companies for product manufacturers,
                                                                                                                                   service providers and retailers alike

535     Professional financial computing using      Humphrey K K Tung and Eng       John Wiley & Sons                              The book aims to provide real-world      1. Derivatives 2. Retail investors 3. VBA 4. Investment
        excel and VBA                               others                          (Asia) Pte Ltd                                 implementations of financial models that Risk management 5.Credit Metrics Model
                                                                                                                                   are robust, reusable and flexible, it    6. Credit risk 7. Risk neutral option pricing
                                                                                                                                   covers wide range of financial models in
                                                                                                                                   the areas of derivatives pricing, market
                                                                                                                                   and credit risk modelling, advanced
                                                                                                                                   interest rate modelling

536     China now                                   N Mark Lam and John L     Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill                               The book gives us insights into everything 1. China 2. International relations      Investment
                                                    Graham                          Publishing Co. Ltd                             one wants to know about China's people,
                                                                                                                                   negotiation styles, culture, history,
                                                                                                                                   economics and business dealings

537     The Universal principles of successful      Brent Penfold             Eng   John Wiley & Sons                              The book articulates trading principles    1. Trading 2. Stock market 3. Capital    Investment
        trading: essential knowledge for all                                        (Asia) Pte Ltd                                 that distinguish the winners from the      market
        traders in all markets                                                                                                     losers

538     Time value and money: a magic of baffling Dilip Samant                Eng   Shubhay Prakashan                              The book tells the importance of time      1. Finance 2. Investment                 Investment
        effects                                                                                                                    value and money
539     Arthath                                   Achyut Godbole              Eng   Rajhans Prakashan Pvt                          The book talks about history of finance    1. Finance                               Investment
                                                                                    Ltd
540     Unit Trust of India: retrospect and         Vishwanath G              Eng   UBS Publishers'                                The book provides an insight into the      1. Unit Trust of India                   General
        prospect                                    Pendharkar                      Distributors Pvt Ltd                           story of Unit Trust of India (UTI)                                                  Management
541     The new empire of debt: the rise and fall   William Bonner and        Eng   John Wiley and Sons,                           The book reveals how the epic financial    1. Finance 2. Economic Crisis            others
        of an Epic Financial Bubble                 Addison Wiggin                  Inc                                            bubble of US will bring an end to once
                                                                                                                                   great empire
542     Taxation of Charitable Trusts               Arvind H Dalal & others   Eng   Bombay Chartered                               Book on taxation rules and regulations     1. Charitable Trusts 2. Income Tax       others
                                                                                    Accountants' Society                           for Charitable Trusts

543     India, Pakistan and the bomb                Sumit Ganguly and S       Eng   Penguin Viking          xi, p. 132, hb: 22.5   The book assesses impact of nuclear       1. Nuclear Weapons 2. South Asia 3.       Investment
                                                    Paul Kapur                                              cm                     weapons' on the South Asian security
                                                                                                                                   environment during the time period
                                                                                                                                   spanning late 1980s through 2002, and
                                                                                                                                   from 2002 to 2007 and presentll 2008
                                                                                                                                   onwards.Both the authors examine the
                                                                                                                                   effects of nuclear weapons on the rivalry
                                                                                                                                   between Islamabad and New Delhi.

544+1   RK Laxman: the uncommon man(+1              Dharmendra Bhandari,      Eng   Dharmendra Bhandari     vii, p. 292, hb: 22    Book on RK Laxman                          1. RK Laxman - Cartoonist                others
        donated by Dr AK Khandelwal)                Dr                                                      cm
545   The invisible hands: hedge funds off the         Steven Drobny           Eng   John Wiley and Sons,                                 The book highlights certain valuable           1. Portfolio management 2. Risk           Investment
      record - rethinking real money                                                 Inc                                                  elements of the global macro approach          management 3.Investor 4. Trader
                                                                                                                                          that could be applied other mandate
                                                                                                                                          within money management

546   Frequently asked questions in Islamic            Brian Kettell           Eng   John Wiley and Sons,   2010   xxviii, p. 304,pb:     Book on information regarding Islamic          1. Islamic Finance 2. Islamic Banking     Investment
      finance                                                                        Inc                           17.5 cm                Finance
547   Benjamin Graham: building a profession           Jason Zweig, ed &       Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill       2010   viii, p. 324, hb: 24   The book presents Graham's evolution of        1. Benjamin Graham 2. Security Analysis   Investment
                                                       Rodney N Sullivan,ed          Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                     ideas on security analysis spanning five       3. Stock market 4. Capital market
                                                                                                                                          decades
548   Islamic Finance in nutshell                      Brian Kettell           Eng   John Wiley and Sons,   2010   xvii, p. 341, pb: 19.5 The book is a quick and easy guide to          1. Islamic Finance 2. Islamic Banking     Investment
                                                                                     Inc                           cm                     understanding the fundamentals of
                                                                                                                                          Islamic Finance and how the Islamic
                                                                                                                                          financial markets work
549   Our Oriental Heritage: being a history of Will Durant                    Eng   Simon and Schuster     1954   xxxii, p. 1049, hb:    Book on history of civilization in Egypt                                                 others
      civilization in Egypt and the near East to (Donated by Rekha                                                 25 cm                  and the near East to the death of
      the death of Alexander and in India, China Shah)                                                                                    Alexander and in India, China and Japan
      and Japan from the beginning to our own                                                                                             from the beginning to our own day, with
      day, with an introductin, on the nature                                                                                             an introductin, on the nature and
      and foundations of civilization                                                                                                     foundations of civilization


550   The Life of Greece: being a history of           Will Durant             Eng   Simon and Schuster            xviii, p. 754, hb: 25 Book on history of civilization in Egypt                                                  others
      Greek Civilization in the near East from         (Donated by Rekha                                           cm                    and the near East to the death of
      the death of Alexander, to the Roman             Shah)                                                                             Alexander and in India, China and Japan
      conquest, with an introduction on the                                                                                              from the beginning to our own day, with
      prehistoric culture of Crete                                                                                                       an introductin, on the nature and
                                                                                                                                         foundations of civilization

551   The Age of faith: a history of medieval          Will Durant             Eng   Simon and Schuster     1950   xviii, p. 1196, hb: 25 Book on a history of medieval civilization -                                             others
      civilization - Christian, Islamic and judaic -   (Donated by Rekha Shah)                                     cm                     Christian, Islamic and judaic - from
      from Constantine to Dante: A.D 325 -                                                                                                Constantine to Dante: A.D 325 - 1300
      1300
552   The reformation: a history of European           Will Durant             Eng   Simon and Schuster     1957   xviii, p. 1025, hb: 25 Book on a history of European Civilization                                               others
      Civilization from Wyclif to Calvin               (Donated by Rekha Shah)                                     cm                     from Wyclif to Calvin

553   The Age of Reason begins: a history of           Will and Ariel Durant   Eng   Simon and Schuster     1961   xviii, p. 729, hb: 25 Book on history of European Civivlization                                                 others
      European Civilization in the period of           (Donated by Rekha                                           cm                    in the period of Shakespeare, Bacon,
      Shakespeare, Bacon, Montaigne,                   Shah)                                                                             Montaigne, Rembrandt, Galileo and
      Rembrandt, Galileo and Descrates: 1558-                                                                                            Descrates: 1558-1648
      1648
554   The Age of Louis XIV : a history of              Will and Ariel Durant   Eng   Simon and Schuster     1963   xviii, p. 802, hb: 25 Book on a history of European Civilization 1                                              others
      European Civilization in the period of           (Donated by Rekha                                           cm                    in the period of Pascal, Moliere,
      Pascal, Moliere, Cromwell, Milton,               Shah)                                                                             Cromwell, Milton, Peterthe Great,
      Peterthe Great, Newton and Spinoza:                                                                                                Newton and Spinoza: 1648-1715
      1648-1715
555   The Age of Voltaire: a history of                Will and Ariel Durant   Eng   Simon and Schuster     1965   xviii, p. 898, hb: 25 Book on a history of Civilization in                                                      others
      Civilization in Western Europe from 1715         (Donated by Rekha                                           cm                    Western Europe from 1715 to 1756, with
      to 1756, with special Emphasis on the            Shah)                                                                             special Emphasis on the conflict between
      conflict between religion and philosophy                                                                                           religion and philosophy

556   Rousseau and Revolution: a history of            Will and Ariel Durant   Eng   Simon and Schuster     1967   xx, p. 1091, hb: 25    Book on history of Civilization in France,                                               others
      Civilization in France, England and              (Donated by Rekha Shah)                                     cm                     England and Germany from 1756, and in
      Germany from 1756, and in the                                                                                                       the remainder of Europe from 1715 to
      remainder of Europe from 1715 to 1789                                                                                               1789
557   Gathering Storm                       Winston S Churchill      Eng   Houghton Mifflin        1948   xvi, p. 784, hb: 22   Book on Second World War                    others
                                            (Donated by Rekha              Company Boston                 cm
                                            Shah)
558   Grand Alliance                        Winston S Churchill      Eng   Houghton Mifflin        1950   xvi, p. 903, hb: 22   Book on Second World War                    others
                                            (Donated by Rekha              Company Boston                 cm
                                            Shah)
559   Hinge of Fate                         Winston S Churchill      Eng   Houghton Mifflin        1950   vi, p. 1000, hb: 22   Book on Second World War                    others
                                            (Donated by Rekha              Company Boston                 cm
                                            Shah)
560   Closing the ring                      Winston S Churchill      Eng   Houghton Mifflin        1951   xvi, p. 749, hb: 22   Book on Second World War                    others
                                            (Donated by Rekha              Company Boston                 cm
                                            Shah)
561   Triumph and Tragedy                   Winston S Churchill      Eng   Houghton Mifflin        1953   xvi, p. 800, hb: 22   Book on Second World War                    others
                                            (Donated by Rekha              Company Boston                 cm
                                            Shah)
562   Autobiography                         Chamanlal Maneklal       Eng   Mehta Printing Press    1980   p. 219, hb: 23 cm     Autobiograph of Dr Chamanlal Maneklal       Autobiography/Bi
                                            Mehta, Dr. (Donated by                                                              Mehta                                       ography
                                            Rekha Shah)
563   Jawaharlal Nehru: an autobiography    Jawaharlal Nehru         Eng   Oxford University       1980   xv, p. 623, pb: 21.5 Autobiography of Jawaharlal Nehru            others
                                            (Donated by Rekha              Press                          cm
                                            Shah)
564   An autobiography                      MK Gandhi (Donated by    Eng   Navajivan Publishing    1927   xvi, p. 392, hb: 21.5 Autobiography of Mahatma Gandhi
                                            Rekha Shah)                    House                          cm
565   Sri Aurobindo on himself and on the   Sri Aurobindo (Donated   Eng   Sri Aurobindo           1953   p. 782, hb: 19 cm     Notes and letters on Sri Aurobindo's life
      mother                                by Rekha Shah)                 International
                                                                           University Centre
566   Excellence                            John Gardner (Donated    Eng   Vakils, Feffer and      1984   p. 175, hb: 21.5 cm The book talks about the stengths and         others
                                            by Rekha Shah)                 Simons Ltd                                         failings of our education system, the
                                                                                                                              nature of leadership in a free society

567   Work like your dog                    Matt Weinstein and Luke Eng    Villard, New York       1999   p. 259, hb: 24 cm     Book on how to have fun at work, and        others
                                            Barber (Donated by                                                                  how to be smart and savvy to become
                                            Rekha Shah)                                                                         more creative and productive employee

568   History of the jews                   Abram Leon Sachar        Eng   Alfred a Knopf          1967   xvi, p. 478, hb:24.5 Book on history of jews                      others
                                            (Donated by Rekha                                             cm
                                            Shah)
569   The Nuttall Dictionary of English     Ed by G Elgie Christ     Eng   Frederick Warne         1943   x, p. 305, pb: 20 cm Dictionary                                   others
      Synonyms and Antonyms                 (Donated by Rekha
                                            Shah)
570   Lessons of History                    Will and Ariel Durant    Eng   Simon and Schuster      1968   p. 117, hb: 24.5 cm Book on history                               others
                                            (Donated by Rekha
                                            Shah)
571   Animal Behavior                       Niko Tinbergen, ed of    Eng   Time Life Books, Life   1965   p. 199, hb: 28 cm     Book on animal behavior                     others
                                            Time-Life Books                Nature Library
                                            (Donated by Rekha
                                            Shah)
572   Evolution                             Ruth Moore and ed of     Eng   Time Life Books, Life   1964   p. 192, hb: 28 cm     Book on evolution                           others
                                            Time-Life Books                Nature Library
                                            (Donated by Rekha
                                            Shah)
573   Birds                                 Roger Tory Peterson ed   Eng   Time Life Books, Life   1968   p.192, hb: 28 cm      Book on birds                               others
                                            of Time-Life Books             Nature Library
                                            (Donated by Rekha
                                            Shah)
574   Desert                                    A Starker Leopold and ed   Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1962   p.192, hb: 28 cm    Book on deserts                          others
                                                of Time-Life Books               Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
575   Earth                                     Arthur Beiser and ed of    Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1970   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on earth                            others
                                                Time-Life Books                  Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
576   Forest                                    Peter Farb and ed of       Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1963   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on forest                           others
                                                Time-Life Books                  Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
577   Mammals                                   Richard Carrington and     Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1963   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on mammals                          others
                                                ed of Time-Life Books            Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
578   Plants                                    Frits W Went (Donated      Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1963   p. 194, hb: 28 cm   Book on Plants                           others
                                                by Rekha Shah)                   Nature Library

579   Poles                                     Willy Ley and ed of Time- Eng    Time Life Books, Life    1971   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on Poles                            others
                                                Life Books (Donated by           Nature Library
                                                Rekha Shah)

580   Primates                                  Sarel Eimerl, Irven De     Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1965   p. 200, hb: 28 cm   Book on Primates                         others
                                                Vore and ed of Time-Life         Nature Library
                                                Books (Donated by
                                                Rekha Shah)
581   Reptiles                                  Archie Carr and ed of      Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1963   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on Reptiles                         others
                                                Time-Life Books                  Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
582   Sea                                       Leonard Engel and ed of    Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1969   p. 190, hb: 28 cm   Book on Sea                              others
                                                Time-Life Books                  Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
583   Universe                                  David Bergamini            Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1971   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on universe                         others
                                                (Donated by Rekha                Nature Library
                                                Shah)
584   Land and wild life of North America       Peter Farb and ed of       Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1966   p. 200, hb: 28 cm   Book on land and wildlife of North       others
                                                Time-Life Books                  Nature Library                                      America
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
585   Mountains                                 Lorus J Milne, Margery     Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1962   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on mountains                        others
                                                Milne and ed of Time-            Nature Library
                                                Life Books (Donated by
                                                Rekha Shah)

586   Insects                                   Peter Farb and ed of       Eng   Time Life Books, Life    1962   p. 192, hb: 28 cm   Book on insects                          others
                                                Time-Life Books                  Nature Library
                                                (Donated by Rekha
                                                Shah)
587   Time management make every second         Robert W Bly (Donated      Eng   Jaico Publishing house          p. 168, pb: 18 cm   Book on how to manage time effectively   others
      count                                     by Rekha Shah)

588   How to win friends and influence people   Dale Carnegie (Donated Eng       Pocket Books             1964   viii, p. 264, 17.5 cm Book on how to make friends and        others
                                                by Rekha Shah)                                                                         influence people
589   How to win any argument: don’t raise         Robet Mayer (Donated      Eng   Jaico Publishing house          p. 168, pb: 18 cm      Book on how to have control over one                                                    others
      your voice, lose your cool or come to        by Rekha Shah)                                                                         self
      blows
590   Six weeks to words of power                  Wilfred Funk (Donated     Eng   Pocket Books                    vii, p. 278, pb: 18    Book on powerful vocabulary                                                             others
                                                   by Rekha Shah)                                                  cm

591   The World's great speeches                   ed by BS Sekhar           Eng   Jaime Publications       1978   vi, p. 343, pb: 17.5   Book on speeches of important leaders                                                   others
                                                                                                                   cm
592   License to live: a seeker's journey to       Priya Kumar               Eng   Embassy books            2010   xv, p. 224, pb: 21.5   The book helps seeks greatness witness                                          others
      greatness                                                                                                    cm                     within one self
593   SEBI Compendium: guide to listed             Dr. KR Chandrate, Bipin   Eng   Bharat Law House         2010   p. 1352, hb: 25 cm     The book contains detailed commentary 1. Securities and Exchange Board of India Investment
      companies - 1                                Acharya and Others                                                                     and procedures in relation to issue of (SEBI) 2. Mutual Funds 3. Companies
                                                                                                                                          shares, debentures & other securities,
                                                                                                                                          raising fund overseas, etc

594   SEBI Compendium: guide to listed             Dr. KR Chandrate, Bipin   Eng   Bharat Law House         2010   p. 2666, hb: 25 cm     The book contains detailed commentary 1. Securities and Exchange Board of India Investment
      companies - 2                                Acharya and Others                                                                     and procedures in relation to issue of (SEBI) 2. Mutual Funds 3. Companies
                                                                                                                                          shares, debentures & other securities,
                                                                                                                                          raising fund overseas, etc

595   Super Power: The amazing race between        Raghav Bahl               Eng   Penguin Books            2010   xxx, p. 242, hb: 23.5 Book on whether India will be the next       1. India 2. China 3. International Relations others
      China's Hare and India's Tortoise                                                                            cm                    super power or China and what will be
                                                                                                                                         the factors deciding it
596   Comeback: a story of bankruptcy and          Suhas Mantri              Eng   Harper Collins           2009   p. 183, pb: 20 cm     Book on how to survive in business                                                       Management
      survival
597   Corruption conundrum and other               V Raghunath               Eng   Penguin Portfolio        2010   p. 222, hb: 20.5 cm The book takes the reader through some                                                     others
      paradoxes and dilemmas                                                                                                           of the fascinating illustrations, classicals
                                                                                                                                       and well known - in the field of law,
                                                                                                                                       management, finance and work life

598   Storm of War: a new history of the second Andrew Roberts               Eng   Penguin Books            2010   vi, p. 711, pb: 20 cm Book on Second World War                                                                 others
      World War
599   Zep Ghe                                   Ram Buxani                   Mar   Rajhans Prakashan Pvt 2009      p. 194, pb: 21.5 cm Autobiography of Ram Buxani -                  Ram Buxani - Businessman                    Autobiography/Bi
                                                                                   Ltd                                                   Businessman                                                                              ography
600   Science as a way of life: biography of CNR   Mohan Sundara Rajan       Eng   Prism Books Pvt Ltd   2005      xii, p. 173, pb: 24   Autobiography of CNR Rao                     CNR Rao - scientist                         Autobiography/Bi
      Rao                                                                                                          cm                                                                                                             ography
601   Two score and ten: my expereinces in         GV Ramakrishna            Eng   Academic Foundation 2004        p. 370, hb: 23 cm     Autobiographical account of GV               GV Ramakrishna                              Autobiography/Bi
      government                                                                                                                         Ramakrishna                                                                              ography
602   High Financier: the lives and time of        Niall Ferguson            Eng   Allen Lane, Penguin      2010   xxi, p. 547, hb: 24 Book on the life and times of Siegmund         Siegmund Warburg                            Investment
      Siegmund Warburg                                                             Books                           cm                    Warburg
603   The big short: inside the doomsday           Michael Lewis             Eng   Allen Lane, Penguin      2010   xviii, p. 266, hb: 24 The book traces the origins of crisis and    1. Finance 2. Economic Crisis               Investment
      machine                                                                      Books                           cm                    reveals the dark secrets about how our
                                                                                                                                         world really works
604   India on the growth turnpike: essays in Ed Sameer Kochchar             Eng   Academic Foundation 2010        p. 317, hb: 23.5 cm Book on essays on India on growth path                                                     Investment
      honour of Vijay L Kelkar
605   Buffett beyond value: why Warren Buffet Prem C Jain                    Eng   John Wiley & Sons, Inc 2010     xvi, p. 304, hb: 23.5 The book extracts Warren Buffett's           1.Finance 2. Investment 3. Warren           Investment
      looks to growth and management when                                                                          cm                    investment wisdom from BerKshire             Buffett - Investor
      investing                                                                                                                          Hathaway annual reports, Buffett's
                                                                                                                                         letters to shareholders and partners,
                                                                                                                                         which uncovers the key elements of
                                                                                                                                         Buffett's approach and offers an
                                                                                                                                         accessible way to apply in our own
                                                                                                                                         investment endeavors
606   Readings in Commodity Derivative             Madhoo Pavaskar           Eng   Takshashila Academia 2010       p. 252, hb: 22.5 cm The book is a collection of essays             1. Commodity derivative market              Investment
      markets                                                                      of Economic Research                                  published by Madhoo Pavaskar on
                                                                                   (TAER)                                                diverse issues related to commodity
                                                                                                                                         derivative markets
607   Value at risk: the new benchmark for          Philippe Jorian        Eng    Tata McGraw-Hill         2009   xvii, p. 602, hb: 23.5 The book explains complex subject with     1. Risk management                       Investment
      managing financial risk                                                     Publishing Co. Ltd              cm                     clarity and depth, risk management

608   Accelerating out of great recession: how      David Rhodes and Daniel Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill         2010   p. 202, hb: 22 cm      The book shows how companies can win                                                Investment
      to win in a slow-growth economy               Stelter                       Publishing Co. Ltd                                     in a slow growth economy by seizing the
                                                                                                                                         initiative - differentiating themselves
                                                                                                                                         from less fleet-footed rivals

609   Breakthroughs in Technical Analysis: new Ed by David Keller          Eng    Viva Books               2009   xvi, p. 227, pb: 24    In this book respected practitioners     1. Technical Analysis                      Investment
      thinking from the World's top minds                                                                         cm                     describe their novel trading methods and
                                                                                                                                         how to use them for forecasting the
                                                                                                                                         future price direction of stocks, future
                                                                                                                                         contracts, indexes

610   Shall we tell the president                   Jeffrey Archer         Eng    Fawcett Crest,           1982   p. 286, pb: 17.5 cm Political thriller                                                                     others / Fiction
                                                                                  Ballantine Books
611   Evening news                                  Arthur Hailey          Eng    Corgi Books              1990   p. 646, pb: 17.5 cm                                                                                        others / Fiction

612   Premchand Roychand (1831-1906): This          Sharada Dwivedi        Eng    Eminence Designs Pvt 2006       p. 112, hb: 25 cm      Biography of Premchand Roychand                                                     Auto / Bio
      Life and Times                                                              Ltd
613   AD Shroff: Titan of Finance and Free          Sucheta Dalal          Eng    Penguin Books        2010       xi, p. 158, pb: 19.5   Book on AD Shroff                                                                   Auto / Bio
      Enteprise                                                                                                   cm
614   Tata: the evolution of corporate brand        Morgen Witzel          Eng    Penguin Portfolio        2010   xvii, p. 222, hb: 23.5 The book explores the unique            1. Tata Group                               Auto / Bio
                                                                                                                  cm                     relationship between the Tata group and
                                                                                                                                         the Indian people and also how its
                                                                                                                                         reputatio will be perceived and
                                                                                                                                         understood as Tata moves into global
                                                                                                                                         markets

615   Pillar of strength                            Shivani Maheshwari     Eng    Ameya                    2006   p. 152, hb: 22.5 cm Biographical account of Mahesh Bagrodia 1. Mahesh Bagrodia                             Auto / Bio


616   Government accountability and public          BP Mathur              Eng    Uppal publishing         2007   p. 328, hb: 22.5 cm The book helps to understand the              1. Comptroller Audit General 2. Public   Management
      audit                                                                       house                                               nuances of the legislature's control over     audit
                                                                                                                                      national finance
617   Billion dollar mistake: learning the art of   Stephen L Weiss        Eng    John Wiley and Sons,     2010   x, p. 259, hb: 23.5 The book offers an up-close account of        1. Finance 2. Equity 3. Capital market   Investment
      investing through the missteps of                                           Inc                             cm                  the career defining mistakes that some of
      legendary investors                                                                                                             the world'd most brilliant billionaire
                                                                                                                                      investors have made
618   Inheritors                                    Neel Chowdhury         Eng    Random House India       2008   p. 366, pb: 2.5 cm Book on Lohia and company and its              1. Lohia and Company                     others /
                                                                                                                                      inheritors                                                                             Corporate
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             biography
619   A thousands barrels a second: the coming Peter Tertzakian            Eng    Mc Graw Hill             2006   xv, hb: 23.5 cm        The book provides a provocative look at 1. Oil and natural gas                      others
      oil break point and the challenges facing                                                                                          the future of oil and offers fresh insignts
      an energy dependent world                                                                                                          into what it will take to rebalance energy
                                                                                                                                         needs and seize new oppurtunities

620   Ambani and sons: the making of the            Hamish McDonald        Eng    Lotus Collection, Roli   2010   xi, p: 396, pb: 21.5   Book tells the story of the Ambanis'       1. Ambani                                Management
      world's richest brothers and their fued                                     Books                           cm

621   Little book of commodity investing            John Stephenson        Eng    John Wiley and Sons      2010   xxv, p. 205, hb: 18    The book explains how to make profit in    1. Commodities 2. Capital market         Investment
                                                                                  Canada, Ltd                     cm                     the commodity bull market
622   Last victory: the imperial agent II           Timeri N Murari        Eng    Penguin Books            2010   p. 430, pb: 19 cm      The book is a thrilling account of Kim's                                            others
                                                                                                                                         life, the ruthlessness of British Empire
                                                                                                                                         and the promise of independence
623   Next great bull market: how to pick        Matthew McCall          Eng   John Wiley & Sons,     2010   xvi, p. 304, hb: 23    The book shows how world-changing         1                            Investment
      winning stocks and sectors in the new                                    Inc.                          cm                     trends are creating pockets of investment
      global economy                                                                                                                oppurtunity within a largely bearish
                                                                                                                                    investment environment

624   Buy and hold is dead: how to make          Thomas H Jee Jr.        Eng   John Wiley & Sons,     2010   xv, p. 303, hb: 23     The book shows how to maximize returns                                 Investment
      money and control risk in any market                                     Inc.                          cm                     without sacrificing time or lifestyle and
                                                                                                                                    without the use of money manager, the
                                                                                                                                    book offers practical, proactive trading
                                                                                                                                    strategies that will help you protect
                                                                                                                                    wealth and make money in any market
                                                                                                                                    environment

625   Brand new world: how India, China,         Max Lenderman           Eng   Jaico Publishing house 2010   vi, p. 264, pb: 21.5   In this book the author shares                                         Management
      Russia and Brazil are reshaping business                                                               cm                     groundbreaking business models and
                                                                                                                                    marketing strategies that every business
                                                                                                                                    visionary needs to understand, the book
                                                                                                                                    is a must read for new era of global
                                                                                                                                    marketing
626   Guide to analysing companies               Bob Vause               Eng   The Economist          2010   viii, p. 328, pb: 21.5 Guide on analysin companies and
                                                                                                             cm                     businesses
627   The scam: from Harshad Mehta to Ketan      Debashis Basu and       Eng   KenSource              2009   xxvi, p. 378,pb: 20 Book on scams India- Harshad Mehta          With Devrajan M 27 Oct 2010   Investment
      Parekh                                     Sucheta Dalal                                               cm                     scam, JPC Fiasco and Global Trust Bank

628   Chicken soup for the teenage soul III      Jack Canfield, Mark   Eng     Westland Books Pvt     2000   xix, p. 369, pb: 21                                                                           others
                                                 Victor Hansen and             Ltd                           cm
                                                 Kimberly Kirberger
629   An autobiography or the story of my        MK Gandhi (Donated by Eng     Navajivan Publishing   1927   xv, p.464, pb: 18 cm Autobigraphy of MK Gandhi                                                others
      experiments with truth                     Karmayog Foundation)          House

630   Jonathan Livingston Seagull                Richard Bach (Donated   Eng   Harper Collins         2009   p. 87, pb: 16.5 cm     Inspirational fable                                                    others
                                                 by Karmayog                   Publishers India
                                                 Foundation)

631   Financial Management                       MY Khan and PK Jain     Eng   Mc Graw Hill           2007   xxiii, pb: 24 cm       Book on financial mangement
                                                 (Donated by Karmayog
                                                 Foundation)

632   The advancement of learning                Francis Bacon (Donated Eng    Heron Books                   xii, p. 246, hb: 20.5 Classic                                                                 others
                                                 by Karmayog                                                 cm
                                                 Foundation)

633   Ethics                                     Benedictus De spinoza   Eng   Heron Books                   xliv, p. 267, hb: 20.5 Classic                                                                others
                                                 (Donated by Karmayog                                        cm
                                                 Foundation)

634   Wuthering Heights                          Emily Bronte (Donated   Eng   Heron Books                                          Classic                                                                others
                                                 by Karmayog
                                                 Foundation)

635   History of the Tom Jones                   Henry Fielding (Donated Eng   Heron Books                   xxx, p. 408, hb: 20.5 Classic                                                                 others
                                                 by Karmayog                                                 cm
                                                 Foundation)
636   The road to financial reformation:        Henry Kaufman             Eng    John Wiley & Sons, Inc 2009   xxiii, p. 260, hb:     The book provides an insightful account 1. Financial markets                            Investment
      warnings, consequences, reforms                                                                          23.5 cm                of the history and impact of post World
                                                                                                                                      War II financial markets on the economy -
                                                                                                                                      what happened, how we got to where we
                                                                                                                                      are today and what needs to be done

637   Hard Money: taking gold to a higher       Shayne McGuire            Eng    John Wiley & Sons, Inc 2010   xix, p. 266, hb: 23.5 In the book the author describes ways in 1. Gold 2. Investment                           Investment
      investment level                                                                                         cm                    which investors can take gold investment
                                                                                                                                     to a higher level
638   Flawless: inside the largest diamond heist Scott Andrew Selby, Greg Eng    Union Square Press    2010    xv, p.319, hb: 23.5 Book on the biggest heist in the century 1. Antwerp Diamond Centre                         others
      in history                                 Campbell                                                      cm                    at the Antwerp Diamond Centre

639   The Asia investor: charting a course      Aaron Chaze               Eng    John Wiley & Sons     2010    xi, p. 178, hb: 23.5  The book provides the framework for           1                                          Investment
      through Asia's emerging markets                                            (Asia) Pte Ltd                cm                    analyzing investment opportunities
                                                                                                                                     across region and picking potential
                                                                                                                                     winners
640   Outperform: inside the investment         John Baschab, Jon Piot    Eng    John Wiley & Sons, Inc 2010   xiv, p. 316, hb: 23.5 The authors give an approachable,             1. Investment 2. Endowment                 Investment
      strategy of billion dollar endowments                                                                    cm                    pragmatic guide for individual investors
                                                                                                                                     who want to understand investment
                                                                                                                                     strategies to enhance the performance of
                                                                                                                                     their portfolio
641   How they blew it: ceos and entrepreneurs Jamie Oliver, Tony         Eng    KoganPage             2010    viii, p. 216, pb: 23 The book is a series of eye-popping tales                                                 Investment
      behind some of the world's most          Goodwin                                                         cm                    of entrepreneurs and business leaders
      catastrophic business failures                                                                                                 who went from corporate gurus to
                                                                                                                                     financial disaster zones in rapid and
                                                                                                                                     humiliating fashion
642   Far from random: using investor behavior Richard Lehman             Eng    Bloomberg Press       2009    xix, p. 233, hb: 23.5 In the book the author disapproves the        1. Investment 2. Capital market 3. Trend   Investment
      and trend analysis to forecast market                                                                    cm                    widely accepted investment principle          Channel Analysis
      movement                                                                                                                       that stock market movement cannot be
                                                                                                                                     prdicted, his new take on trend channel
                                                                                                                                     analysis, the author shows that market
                                                                                                                                     trends exist are discernible before they
                                                                                                                                     are wholly formed and can be employed
                                                                                                                                     to boost investment returns


643   Maketing management 12th ed                Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Eng   Prentice Hall of India 2006   xxxvii, p. 120, pb:    Textbook on marketing management             1. Marketing 2. Management                 Management
                                                 Keller                          Pvt Ltd                       27.5 cm
644   The 90% solution: higher returns less risk David Rogers              Eng   John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2006   ix,p. 246, pb; 23.5    The book is about understanding the                                                     Investment
                                                                                                               cm                     most important factors impacting today's
                                                                                                                                      stock market and how they influence
                                                                                                                                      performance and how they can be used
                                                                                                                                      to produce higher returns

645   The visual investor: how to spot market   John J Murphy             Eng    John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2009   xix, p. 316, hb: 23    The book introduces readers to 'visual' by                                              Investment
      trends                                                                                                   cm                     explaining a variety of charting
                                                                                                                                      techniques that professionals have used
                                                                                                                                      for decades.
646   Googled: the end of the world as we know Ken Auletta                   Eng   Virgin Books             2009    xiv, p. 384, pb: 23.5 In this book the author presents a                                                       Management
      it                                                                                                            cm                    revealing, forward looking examination
                                                                                                                                          of the outsized influence Google has had
                                                                                                                                          on the changing medialandscape and
                                                                                                                                          offers insights into what we know, and
                                                                                                                                          don’t know about what the future holds
                                                                                                                                          for an imperilled industry


647   Change we can believe in: Barack                                       Eng   Canongate                2008    p. 291, hb: 22.5 cm Keyspeeches of Barack Obama from the                                                       Management/
      Obama's plan to renew America's promise                                                                                           2008 campaign                                                                              others

648   The random walk guide to investing: ten       Burton G Malkiel         Eng   Viva Books               2011    p. xix, pb: 21 cm        Investment guide                                                                      Investment
      rules for financial success
649   Confessions of an economic hit man            John Perkins             Eng   Ebury Press              2005    xxi, p. 250, pb: 19.5 The book is the story of one man's                                                       others
                                                                                                                    cm                    expereince inside the intrigue, greed,
                                                                                                                                          corruption and corporate activities.

650                                                                                                                                          The book offers an inside look at Buffett's 1. Warren Buffet                          Investment
      Buffett's bites: the essential investor's                                                                                              unconventional ways that have created
      guide to Warren Buffett's shareholder                                        Tata McGraw-Hill                x, p. 214, pb: 17.5       Berkshire Hathway's unrivaled success
      letters                                       L J Rittenhouse          Eng   Publishing Co. Ltd         2010 cm
651   Investors's beware: how small investors       Virendra Jain (Donated   Eng   Macmillan                2001 xvi, p. 254, pb: 21.5 The book talks about the sordid affair of          1. Virendra Jain 2. Midas Touch Investors Investment
      lost-out in the spiral of booms and bust (2   by Virendra Jain of                                            cm                  how companies which made tall claims               Association 3. Parasrampuria Synthetics
      copies)                                       Midas Touch Investors                                                              and false promises. It focuses on the              Ltd 4. Modern Threads (India) Ltd 5. Sri
                                                    Association)                                                                       dilemma faced by hapless investors.                Vishnupriya Industries Ltd 6. ATV
                                                                                                                                                                                          Petrochem Ltd

652   Jack: straight from the cut                   Jack Welch & John A      Eng   Warner Books             2001    xvi, p. 479, pb: 23  In this the author Jack Welch tells his   1. General Electric Company 2.                  Management
                                                    Byrne                                                           cm                   story of how from working class family he Management
                                                                                                                                         became the ceo of General Electric
                                                                                                                                         Company
653   India empowered: change agents speak                                   Eng   Indian Express group     2006    xv, p. 179, hb: 23.5 Column by eminent personalities about                                                     Management
      on an idea whose time has come                                               and Penguin Viking               cm                   empowerment of India as published in
                                                                                                                                         newspaper Indian Express

654   Human Resources development in banks          ed Anil K Khandelwal     Eng   Oxford & IBH             1998    xxxi, p. 521, hb: 22     The book is a comprehensive guide            1. Human Resource Development            Banking
                                                                                   Publishing Co. Pvt Ltd           cm                       dealind with a variety of issues relating to
                                                                                                                                             Human Resource Development

655   The case of Bonsai manager: lessons from R Gopalkrishnan               Eng   Penguin Portfolio        2007    xxiv, p. 364, hb:        The author stresses that after all the       1                                        Management
      nature on growing                                                                                             22.5 cm                  analysis is done, it is gut instinct that
                                                                                                                                             should take over, as intuition will be key
                                                                                                                                             differentiator for excellence in future

656   Handbook of debt securities and interest AV Rajwade                    Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill         2007    xv, p. 347, hb: 23.5     Handbook of dent securities                  1. Debt securities 2. Derivatives 3. Bonds Investment
      rate derivatives                                                             Publishing Co. Ltd               cm                                                                    4. Capital market
657   Corporate creativity: the winning edge   Pradip N Khandwalla           Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill         2003    xii, p. 362, hb: 24.5    The book draws on global research for                                                   Management
                                                                                   Publishing Co. Ltd               cm                       organizational creativity
658   Financial institutions management:            Anthony Saunders         Eng   McGraw Hill Higher       2000    xx, p. 742, pb: 25.5                                                                                           Investment
      aodern perspective                                                           Education                        cm
659   The art of happiness: a handbook for          Dalai Lama & Howard C    Eng   Coronet Books            1998    xvii, p. 269, pb: 19.5   The book is highly accessible guide for                                               others
      living                                        Cutler                                                          cm                       western audience, combining the Dalai
                                                                                                                                             Lama's eastern spiritual tradition.
660   Giving: how each one of us can change        Bill Clinton            Eng    Arrow Books            2008    xv, p. 240, pb: 20    The book id essentially a manual for                     others
      the world                                                                                                  cm                    people who might be tempted to follow
                                                                                                                                       Bill Clinton's example of giving for charity

661   Serious creativity: using the power of       Edward De Bono          Eng    Profile Books          2005    p. 338, pb: 19.5 cm The author writes about a deliberate,                      others
      lateral thinking to create new ideas                                                                                             systematic approach to creativity on
                                                                                                                                       demand
662   The leadership engine: how winning           Noel M Tichy & Eli Cohen Eng   Harper Business Book 2002      xxiii, p. 452, pb:    The book tackles the essence of                          Management
      companies build leaders at every level                                                                     20.5 cm               leadership through an intriguing
                                                                                                                                       combination of stories and structure
663   The world is flat: the globalized world in   Thomas L Friedman       Eng    Penguin Books          2006    ix, p. 593, pb:19.5 In this book the author writes about his                   others
      twenty-first century                                                                                       cm                    travels to India, China and Middle east
                                                                                                                                       and the explosion of technologies
                                                                                                                                       including blogging, online encyclopedias
                                                                                                                                       etc
664   Wisdom of the ceo: 29 global leaders         G William Dauphinais,   Eng    John Wiley & sons, Inc. 2000   xii, p. 372, hb: 23.5 The book introduces to 29 visionaries    1. Management   Management
      tackle today's most pressing business        Grady Means & others                                          cm                    who are actively changing today's
      challenges                                                                                                                       business paradigm. These leaders explain
                                                                                                                                       how they are confronting the key issues
                                                                                                                                       driving business today

665   The myth of the rational market: a history
      of risk, reward and delusion on Wall
      Street (with Basu sir)
666   Execution: the discipline of getting things Larry Bossidy and Ram    Eng    Crown Business         2002    viii, p. 278, hb:
      done                                        Charan
667   Leading change                              John O Kotter            Eng    Harvard Business       1996    x, p. 187, hb: 24 cm The book provides a detailed road map,                    Management
                                                                                  School Press                                        complete with caution signs pointing out
                                                                                                                                      potential dangers
668   Leaders based leadership                     Dave Ulrich, Jack Zenger Eng   Harvard Business       1999    xiv, p. 234, hb: 24 The book challenges the conventional                       Management
                                                   and others                     School Press                   cm                   wisdom surrounding leadership.

669   The Forbes book of business quotations       Ed Ted Goodman          Eng    Black Dog & Leventhal 1997     p. 992, hb: 24 cm     Quotations                                               others
                                                                                  Publishers

670   Investing in emerging markets: the BRIC      Julian Marr & Cherry    Eng    John Wiley & Sons Ltd 2010     viii, p. 246, hb: 23.5 The book offers a fresh, clear-eyed and                 Investment
      economies and beyond                         Reynard                                                       cm                     objective look at an area that can only
                                                                                                                                        grow in importance over next decade.
                                                                                                                                        The book balances a realistic appraisal of
                                                                                                                                        the oppurtunities on offer from the
                                                                                                                                        emerging markets with a pragmatic
                                                                                                                                        assessment of the potential pitfalls facing
                                                                                                                                        investors

671   Top hedge fund investors: stories,           Cathleen M Rittereiser & Eng   John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2010    xvi, p. 222, hb: 23.5 The book chronicles the challenges and                   Investment
      strategies and advice                        Lawrence E Kochard                                            cm                    rewards investors face in selecting hedge
                                                                                                                                       fund managers, managing risk, and
                                                                                                                                       constructing portfolios
672   How an economy grows and why it            Peter D Schiff & Andrew Eng     John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2010   xxii, p. 233, hb: 23.5 The authors explain the roots of                                                Investment
      crashes                                    J Schiff                                                      cm                     economic growth, the importance of
                                                                                                                                      trade, savings and risk, source of
                                                                                                                                      inflation, the effects of interest rates and
                                                                                                                                      government stimulus, the destructive
                                                                                                                                      nature of consumer credit, and many
                                                                                                                                      other economic principles that are poorly
                                                                                                                                      understood

673   Sustainable wealth: achieve financial      Axel Merk                 Eng   John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2010   xiv, p. 257, hb: 23.5 The book helps readers to understand                                             Investment
      security in a volatile world of debt and                                                                 cm                    the dynamics that drive this world and
      consumption                                                                                                                    how they may affect finances

674   The evolutionof technical analysis:        Andrew W Lo & Jasmina Eng       Bloomberg Press       2010    xii, p. 212,hb: 23.5   The book explores the history of                                                Investment
      financial prediction from Babylonian       Hasanhodzic                                                   cm                     technical analysis from ancient Babylon
      Tablets to Bloomberg Terminals                                                                                                  through the internet age, and highlights
                                                                                                                                      the successes and failures of the pioneers

675   Fooling some of the people all of the      David Einhorn             Eng   John Wiley & Sons Inc. 2008   xx, p. 379, hb: 23.5 The author, founder of Greenlight Capital 1. Greenlight Capital 2. Hedge Fund     Investment
      time: a long short story                                                                                 cm                   - hedge fund, takes readers on a
                                                                                                                                    fascinating journey that begins with his
                                                                                                                                    discovery that Allied Capital's accounting
                                                                                                                                    appeared corrupt

676   The Drucker lectures: essential lessons on Peter F Drucker           Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill      2010    xii, p. 266, hb: 23.5 The book presents 33 of most important                                           Investment
      management, society and economy                                            Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                    speeches and talks delivered by Peter
                                                                                                                                     Drucker at professional gatherings and in
                                                                                                                                     the classroom

677   Family legacy and leadership: preserving   Mark H Daniell & Sara S   Eng   John Wiley & Sons     2010    xii, p. 268, hb: 23.5 The book is on the vision of legacy and                                          Investment
      true family wealth in challenging times    Hamilton                        (Asia) Pte Ltd                cm                    the role of family leadership, it is a
                                                                                                                                     comprehensive guide to risk
                                                                                                                                     management with a special spirit for risk-
                                                                                                                                     taking
678   Anatomoy of froth: demistifying the          Swapnil Pawar           Eng   Karvy Private Wealth & 2010   p. 202, pb: 21.5 cm The book is an attempt to understand the                                           Investment
      global financial crisis and lessons to learn                               Leadstart Publishing                                fundamental nature of the crisis in terms
                                                                                                                                     of broader trends rather than
                                                                                                                                     determining guilty companies,
                                                                                                                                     institutions and individuals

679   Grit, guts and gumption: driving change in Rajesh Chakrabarti        Eng   Viking, Penguin Group 2010    xxii, p. 234, hb: 22.5 Book on the story of resurgence of State                                         Banking
      a state-owned giant                                                                                      cm                     Bank of India
680   Commodity insights yearbook 2010                                     Eng   Pricewaterhousecoope 2010     p. 340, hb: 30 cm      Yearbook                                 1. Commodity futures 2. Mutual funds 3.
                                                                                 rs and MCX                                                                                    Derivative hedging 4. Future markets 5.
                                                                                                                                                                               Agriculture marketing and financing

681   Simplifying financial jargons by Prof.                               Eng   Tata Mutual Fund,     2009    p. 80, pb:28 cm        The book explains some important               1. Investment 2. Finance         Investment
      Simply simple                                                              Learning Academy                                     concepts of finance and investment in
                                                                                                                                      lucid terms
682   The 7 SECRETS of the money masters         Robert Shemin & Peter   Eng   John Wiley & Sons,      2010   xvii, p. 184, hb: 23.5 The book offers some of the information 1. Investment 2. Finance    Investment
                                                 Hirsch                        Inc.                           cm                     that true money masters know,
                                                                                                                                     understand, and use to their advantage-
                                                                                                                                     that not necessarily has been passed
                                                                                                                                     along to the rest. The acronym SECRETS
                                                                                                                                     stands for Safety, Expense, Cash Flow,
                                                                                                                                     Rate of Return, Economy, Tax Efficiency
                                                                                                                                     and (common) Sense

683   Aiki Trading: trading in harmony with the Jeffery Tie              Eng   John Wiley & Sons       2010   xv, p. 183, hb: 23.5 The book mergers the philosophical         1. Investment 2. Finance   Investment
      markets                                                                  (Asia) Pte Ltd                 cm                    aspects to martial arts practice with the
                                                                                                                                    mindset required to become a successful
                                                                                                                                    trader. The book says by applying the
                                                                                                                                    principles of aiki, the successful trader
                                                                                                                                    can visualize himself flowing with the
                                                                                                                                    underlying forces that propel the market
                                                                                                                                    trend
684   Nightrunners of Bengal                     John Masters            Eng   Penguin Books           2010   p. 381, pb: 20 cm     The author recreates the horror of the    Revolt of 1857             others
                                                                                                                                    Great Revolt of 1857
685   Sahib's India: vignettes from the raj      Pran Nevile             Eng   Penguin Books           2010   xii, p. 243, pb: 19.5 The book is a panoramic look at the lives                            others
                                                                                                              cm                    of the British in colonial India
686   The Emperor's Tomb                         Steve Berry             Eng   Hodder & Stoughton      2010   p. 436, pb: 17.7 cm                                                                        others

687   Budgetary Control and standard costs       JA Scott                Eng   Arnold Heinemann        1980   x, p. 324, hb: 22 cm The book covers the methods of                                        others
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                      budgetary control and standard costing

688   Financial control in a welfare state       BB Lal                  Eng   Ministry of             1980   xvi, p.324, hb: 25     The book gives an intimate knowledge of                             Investment
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                  Information and                cm                     the financial control in the government
                                                                               Broadcasting                                          as the author was associated as Director ,
                                                                                                                                     Finance & Accounts , Government of
                                                                                                                                     India
689   Intergrated system of cost and financial                           Eng   The Institute of      1973     xiii, p. 145, pb: 23.5 Book on accounting system                                           Investment
      accounts (Donated by R Raghavan)                                         Chartered Accountants          cm
                                                                               of India

690   Cost and quality control (Donated by R                             Eng   The Institute of Cost   1977   vi, p. 156, hb: 25 cm Book of quality control                                              Investment
      Raghavan)                                                                and Works
                                                                               Accountants of India,
                                                                               Calcutta
691   Financial planning and policy (Donated by Ernest W Walker &        Eng   Harper International    1964   xiv, p. 566, hb: 23.5 The book emphasizes the dynamic                                      Investment
      R Raghavan)                               William H Baughn               Student                        cm                    aspects of financial management

692   Understanding India's economic reforms: Raj Kapila & Uma kapila    Eng   Academic Foundation 1995       p. 248, hb: 22.5 cm The book helps in understanding the                                    others
      the past the present and the                                                                                                process of economic reforms in India,
      future!(Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                              covering the past, present and the future

693   Production Management (Donated by R        HN Broom                Eng   DB Taraporevala Sons 1971      xvi, p. 814, hb: 23.5 Book on production management, its                                   others
      Raghavan)                                                                & Co                           cm                    nature and functions of management

694   The rational manager: a systematic       Charles Kepner &          Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill        1965   v, p. 275, hb: 21 cm The book shows how the manager can                                    Management
      approach to problem solving and decision Benjamin Tregoe                 Publishing Co. Ltd                                  improve his problem solving and decision
      making (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                               making by using information efficiently
695   Scientific inventory management                 Joseph Buchan & ernest Eng    Prentice-Hall of India   1963   x, p. 523, hb: 23.5      The book offers a clear understanding of       Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                         Koenigsberg                   Pvt Ltd                         cm                       mathematical techniques employed in
                                                                                                                                             gauging and determining business
                                                                                                                                             inventories

696   The economics of industrial management Walter Rautenstrauch & Eng             Oxford & IBH             1968   xxii, p. 488, hb:        The book describes in full detail the latest   Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                Raymond Villers                        Publishing Co. Pvt Ltd          23.5cm                   development of the profit loss char, the
                                                                                                                                             sales mixture chart, the break even chart
                                                                                                                                             and the method of differential profit
                                                                                                                                             control and its applications

697   Decisional phenomena and the                    P Chattopadhyay         Eng   The Institute of Cost 1970      v, p. 207, hb: 22 cm                                                    Management
      management accountant (Donated by R                                           and Works
      Raghavan)                                                                     Accountants of India,
                                                                                    Calcutta
698   Long-range planning : the executive             E Kirby Warren          Eng   DB Taraporevala Sons 1977       xi, p. 108, hb: 22 cm The book presents a critical evaluation of        Management
      viewpoint (Donated by R Raghavan)                                             & Co                                                  the state of the art of long-range
                                                                                                                                          planning in business
699   Reporting the financial effects of the price-                           Eng   American Institute of    1963   xii, p. 278, pb: 23   Book on the financial effects of the price-       others
      level changes (Donated by R Raghavan)                                         Certified Public                cm                    level changes
                                                                                    Accountants, Inc.
700   Guides to better accouting: a special                                   Eng   American Institute of    1969   p. 132, pb: 22.5 cm                                                     Management
      collection of feature material selected                                       Certified Public
      from the Journal of Accountancy                                               Accountants, Inc.
      (Donated by R Raghavan)

701   Report of the Committee on the financial                                Eng   The Associated      1991         xxxii, p. 146, pb: 21                                                  Investment
      system (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                Chambers of                     cm
                                                                                    Commerce & Industry
                                                                                    of India
702   Managerial problems in finance: cases in                                Eng   Mc Graw Hill        1964        xiv, p. 770, hb: 23.5                                                   Management
      decision making (Donated by R                                                                                 cm
      Raghavan)
703   Understanding India's economic reforms: Raj Kapila & Uma kapila         Eng   Academic Foundation 1995        p. 352, hb: 22.5 cm The book helps in understanding the                 others
      the past the present and the future! Vol 2                                                                                        process of economic reforms in India,
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                           covering the past, present and the future

704   The business forecasting revolution:            F Gerard Adams          Eng   Wharton Executive        1986   ix, p. 265, hb: 21.5     In this book the author shows how newly        others
      nation-industry-firm (Donated by R                                            Library                         cm                       accesible tools can be used to improve
      Raghavan)                                                                                                                              business planning
705   A judiciary made to measure (Donated by         ed NA Palkhivala        Eng   MR Pai                   1973   p. 55, pb: 21.5 cm                                                      others
      R Raghavan)
706   Security analysis: principles and               Graham, Dodd & Cottle   Eng   Mc Graw Hill             1962   x, p. 778, hb: 21.5                                                     Investment
      techniques (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                            cm
707   Dunkel draft: myth and reality                  Pradeep Apte            Eng   CDRD - Samarthan         1994   vi, p. 139, pb: 21.5     The book provides essential historical         others
                                                                                    Publication                     cm                       information on GATT and relevant
                                                                                                                                             quotations from the Dunkel Draft of the
                                                                                                                                             Uruguay round agreements, it also
                                                                                                                                             discusses the comments on the
                                                                                                                                             implications of the Draft for Indian
                                                                                                                                             economic policies

708   Budgeting profit planning and control           Glenn A Welsch          Eng   Prentice-Hall Inc.       1967   xxii, p. 599, hb: 21.5 The book includes essential mechanics            Investment
                                                                                                                    cm                     while concentrating on fundamentals and
                                                                                                                                           underlying concepts
709   Budgetary Control and standard costing SR Cave                     Eng    Gee & Co Publishers   1960    p. 211, hb: 22 cm       Book on budget and factory                  Investment
      and factory administration (Donated by R                                  Ltd                                                   administration
      Raghavan)
710   Maxim Gorky: fragments from my diary     tr - Moura Budberg        Eng    Penguin Books         1972    xvii, p. 265,pb: 19.7   Notes from diary of Maxim Gorky             others
                                                                                                              cm
711   Man and development                         Julius K Nyerere       Eng    Oxford University     1974    vii, p. 125, pb: 18.5   Short selection of speeches and writings    others
                                                                                Press                         cm                      by President Nyerere
712   Origins of the mind: mind-brain             Charles Furst          Eng    Prentice-Hall Inc.    1979    x, p. 262, pb: 20 cm    In the book the author examines the         others
      connections                                                                                                                     cognitive aspects of the human brain,
                                                                                                                                      showing how it works and how its
                                                                                                                                      neurofunctioning affects the way people
                                                                                                                                      think and feel
713   Management in government                    ed BC Mathur, K Diesh & Eng   Ministry of           1979    x, p. 433, hb: 24.5     Book on administrative reforms, work        others
                                                  others                        Information and               cm                      organisation, public sector management
                                                                                Broadcasting                                          and other management related issues in
                                                                                                                                      government

714   Accountants' cost handbook                  ed Robert I Dickey     Eng    Roland Press          1960    ix, p. 50, hb: 23 cm Handbook of cost for accountants               Investment

715   Facing the future: mastering the probable                          Eng    OECD                  1979    vi, p. 425, pb: 24 cm Project of OECD                               others
      and managing the unpredictable

716   Stocks for the long run: the definitive     Jeremy J Siegel        Eng    Tata McGraw-Hill      2008    xxii, p. 380, pb: 24    The author updates his arguments for        Investment
      guide to financial market returns & long                                  Publishing Co. Ltd            cm                      long term stock market investment with
      term investment strategies                                                                                                      comparisons of ETFs, mutual funds, index
                                                                                                                                      options and futures and that markets will
                                                                                                                                      not only grow but may accelerate

717   The future of money                         ed by Vinve Cable      Eng    Virgin Books          2010    x, p. 402, pb: 23.5     The book provides new strategies for        Investment
                                                                                                              cm                      success by drawing on real future
                                                                                                                                      strength: collaboration on a global scale

718   An Indian in cowboy country: stories from Pradeep Anand            Eng    Jaico Publishing house 2011   x, p. 241,pb: 21.5                                                  others
      an immigrant's life                                                                                     cm
719   Ignited minds: unleashing the power       APJ Abdul Kalam          Eng    Penguin Books         2003    xviii, p.205, pb: 18    In this book APJ Abdul Kalam takes up       others
      within India (Donated by Deepak Dave)                                                                   cm                      different issues and themes that struck
                                                                                                                                      him on his pilgrimage around the country
                                                                                                                                      as he met thousands of school children,
                                                                                                                                      teachers, scientists and others

720   Highways to happiness: priceless and    Narayan                    Eng    Ship Gravures - AMA   2006    pb: 21 cm                                                           others
      practical ways (Donated by Deepak Dave)                                   Media Outlet,
                                                                                Ahmedabad
                                                                                Management
                                                                                Association
721   A hundred encounters (Donated by            Sham Lal               Eng    Rupa and Co.          2007    xiii, p.535, pb: 21.5 The book is a collection of hundred book      others
      Deepak Dave)                                                                                            cm                    review from the author's well known
                                                                                                                                    literary column which gives a vivid idea of
                                                                                                                                    how leading social scientist diagnose the
                                                                                                                                    ills of modernity
722   India's contribution to management: a         Pravir Malik      Eng   Sri Aurobindo Institute 2000   vii, p. 160, pb: 18   The book offers an alternative view to the                                           Management
      vision (Donated by Deepak Dave)                                       of Research in Social          cm                    traditional management perspectives
                                                                            Sciences                                             which are largely shaped by the
                                                                                                                                 expereinces of western practitioners and
                                                                                                                                 will provide insights to all those who
                                                                                                                                 have an interest in management

723   Nothing can be as crazy…: a story about       Ajay Mohan Jain   Eng   Rupa and Co.           2010    xviii, p. 244, pb:    Novel                                                                                others
      curious ways of life in the Indian service-                                                          19.5 cm
      class (Donated by Deepak Dave)

724   Rich Dad, poor dad: what the rich teach   Robert T Kiyosaki     Eng   Warner Business        2000    p. 203, 23 cm                                                                                              Investment
      their kids about money- that the poor and                             Books
      middle class do not! (Donated by Deepak
      Dave)
725   Case studies on respect : the prime mover Meera Seth            Eng   Business World         2008    p. 210, 26 cm         The elucidates on how the rush to                                                    Management
      (Donated by Deepak Dave)                                                                                                   perform, to be seen, to be known and
                                                                                                                                 awarded has blunted all sensitivity. The
                                                                                                                                 book is compilation of 19 case studies

726   Back to basics: teachers, students and                          Eng   Business World         2006    p. 206, pb: 26 cm     The book takes a relook at 17 case                                                   Management
      manages explore the disconnect between                                                                                     studies that deal with issues ranging from
      B_school curriculum and corporate                                                                                          branding problems to organisational
      practice (Donated by Deepak Dave)                                                                                          behaviour

727   Dare to dream (Donated by Deepak                                Eng   Samakaleen Prakashan 2008      p. 96, pb: 18 cm      Ten inspirational stories                    1. APJ Abdul Kalam 2. Amartya Sen 3. MS Management
      Dave)                                                                                                                                                                   Swaminathan 4. Verghese Kurien 5. NR
                                                                                                                                                                              Narayana Murthy 6. Ila Bhat 7.
                                                                                                                                                                              Mahasweta Devi 8. Kiran Bedi 9. Rajendra
                                                                                                                                                                              Singh 10. Azim Premji

728   A hedge fund tale of reach and grasp or                         Eng   John Wiley & Sons, Inc 2011    p. 319, hb: 23.5 cm The book embeddes the actual events        1. Hedge funds                              Investment
      what's heaven for?                                                                                                       and stock market history . The book also
                                                                                                                               talks about the stress, the odd
                                                                                                                               relationships and bizarre personalities in
                                                                                                                               large investment management

729   The Street to the highway: the unspoken       Vineet Bajpai     Eng   Jaico Publishing house 2011    xxiv, p. 266,pb: 21.5 The book shows that every small         1. Entrepreneur 2. Management                Management
      secrets behind converting small                                                                      cm                    business can be transformed into a mega
      businesses into large companies                                                                                            corporation.

730   Free: the future of a radical price           Chris Anderson    Eng   RH business books      2009    x, p. 274, pb: 23.5   In this book the author explains what        1. Technology 2. Internet 3. Commodities others
                                                                                                           cm                    happens when advancement in
                                                                                                                                 technology allow many things to be
                                                                                                                                 produced in excesses and what happens
                                                                                                                                 when these things are made available
                                                                                                                                 free to us
731   Production Planning and inventory      John Magee & David       Eng   McGraw Hill Book       1967    x, p. 393, 21 cm      Book on production planning and                                                      others
      control(Donated by R Raghavan)         Boodman                        Company                                              inventory control
732   Profit management and control (Donated Fred Gardener            Eng   McGraw-Hill            1955    xii, p. 285, 20 cm    The book breaks ground with the              1. Profit management                    others
      by R Raghavan)                                                        Paperbacks                                           application of capitalgraphs and
                                                                                                                                 profitgraphs and gives special emphasis
                                                                                                                                 to the use of breakeven points

733   Analysis of financial statements (Donated Harry G Guthmann      Eng   Sydeham College        1966    xi, p. 703, 21 cm     Book on financial mangement which will 1. Finance Management                         Management
      by R Raghavan)                                                                                                             be helpful to bankers, creidt man,
                                                                                                                                 investor
734   Administrative organization (Donated by John Pfiffner & Frank        Eng   Prentice Hall of India    1964   xiii, p. 481, 22 cm    The book gives an analysis restores a                                          Management
      R Raghavan)                             Sherwood                           Pvt Ltd                                                 meaningful balance between working
                                                                                                                                         behavior and uniting the orthodox
                                                                                                                                         structural approach suggested by social
                                                                                                                                         science
735   All India Conference on corporate finance                            Eng   Institute of Chartered    1992   p. 22, pb: 24.5 cm     Papers presented at the All India                                              Investment
      and financial services (Donated by R                                       Accountants of India                                    Conference on Corporate Finance and
      Raghavan)                                                                                                                          Financial Services

736   Case studies in Industrial administration                            Eng   Indian Institute of       1973   xvi, p. 174, hb: 22    Case studies                                                                   Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                    Public Administration            cm

737   Understanding India's economic reforms: Raj Kapila & Uma kapila      Eng   Academic Foundation 1995         p. 336, hb: 22.5 cm The book gives an exhaustive, in-depth                                            others
      the past, the present and the future Vol 1                                                                                      and analytical account of various aspects
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                         of structural reforms for understanding
                                                                                                                                      the process of economic reforms in India

738   Motivation and productivity (Donated by Saul Gellerman               Eng   DB Taraporevala Sons 1963        p. 304, hb: 23.5 cm The book deals with motivation in terms                                           Others
      R Raghavan)                                                                & Co                                                 of work environment, how organization
                                                                                                                                      structures affect individual productivity

739   The management of innovative             Simon Ramo                  Eng   John Wiley & Sons         1980   x, p. 476, hb: 23 cm In this book the author creates a useful                                         Others
      technological corporations (Donated by R                                                                                         balance between theory and practice, the
      Raghavan)                                                                                                                        quantitative an qualitative limiting the
                                                                                                                                       scope to highly practical theory

740   Industrial accountant's handbook             ed by Wyman Fiske and   Eng   Prentice-Hall, Inc        1959   ix, p. 1072, hb: 23.5 Handbook of Industrial accounts                                                 Others
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                      John Beckett                                                   cm
741   Accounting for management control            Charles Horngren        Eng   Prentice-Hall, Inc        1975   xix, p. 619, hb: 24 Book on accounting for management                                                 Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                     cm                    control
742   Job analysis, job evaluation and personnel   Charles Brennan         Eng   International Textbook 1968      p. 58, pb: 23 cm                                                                                      Others
      rating (Donated by R Raghavan)                                             Company

743   Outline of work study Part I (Donated by                             Eng   British Institute of      1956   vii, p. 19,pb: 23 cm                                                                                  Management
      R Raghavan)                                                                Management
744   Remembrance day (Donated by R                Henry Porter            Eng   Orion                     1999   p.482, pb: 17.5 cm     Novel                                                                          Others
      Raghavan)
745   Dynamic business management (Donated         Harold Norcross         Eng   Pan Books Ltd             1967   p. 140,pb: 17.5 cm     Guide on running a progressive business                                        Management
      by R Raghavan)                                                                                                                     in changing world
746   Management principles and practice           E Wilkinson & RS Foster Eng   The Donnington Press 1963        p. 369, hb: 22 cm      Books on management principles                                                 Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
747   How Europe underdeveloped Africa             Walter Rodney           Eng   Bogle-L'Ouverture         1980   p. 316, pb: 18 cm                                                1. Europe 2. Africa 3. Development   Others
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                    Publications &
                                                                                 Tanzania publishing
                                                                                 House
748   Analysis for expansion or contraction of a                           Eng   American Institute of     1966   viii, p. 121, pb: 23   Technical studies in management           1. Business                          Management
      business (Donated by R Raghavan)                                           Certified Public                 cm
                                                                                 Accountants, Inc.
749   Investment in India (Donated by R                                    Eng   Bombay Chamber of         1984   p. 86, pb: 20 cm       This booklet gives facts on which                                              Investment
      Raghavan)                                                                  Commerce and
                                                                                 Industry
750   Major changes caused by the                  Harold Sollenberger     Eng   National Association of   1968   xi, p. 115, pb: 21.5                                                                                  Others
      implementation of a management                                             Accountants                      cm
      information system (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
751   International finance: new challenges and ed K Seethapathi             Eng    Vision books             2001   p. 272, 23 cm       The book covers topics such as                                                   Investment
      opportunities (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                             liberalization of global economy, trade,
                                                                                                                                        capital flows and how liberalization has
                                                                                                                                        thrown up many challenges and
                                                                                                                                        oppurtunities
752   Accounting research and teminology                                     Eng    American Institute of    1961   p. 143, pb: 22.5 cm The book consists of the 1953 revisions                                          Others
      bullteins (Donated by R Raghavan)                                             Certified Public                                    and restatements of earlier bullteins,
                                                                                    Accountants, Inc.                                   with all subsequent bulletins issued by
                                                                                                                                        the Committees on Accounting
                                                                                                                                        Procedure and Accounting Terminology


753   Assessing projects: a programme for                                    Eng    Methuen & Co Ltd         1970   xiii, p. 384, pb: 20.5 The book helps in understanding the                                           Others
      learning (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                              cm                     basic principle of assessing projects and
                                                                                                                                           techniques of analysis of investment
                                                                                                                                           projects
754   Guide to practical project appraisal: social                           Eng    Industrial          1980        viii, p.121, pb: 24    Book on project evaluation                                                    Others
      benefit- cost analysis in developing                                          Development Bank of             cm
      countries (Donated by R Raghavan)                                             India, Bombay

755   Accountants guide to management                Ed Stanley Oliver       Eng    Grower Press             1975   xvii, p. 586, hb: 24   The book is a major reference for                                             Management
      studies (Donated by R Raghavan)                                               Handbook                        cm                     accounting in industry and commerce

756   Further up the organization (Donated by Robeert Townsend               Eng    Michael Joseph Ltd       1984   xviii, p. 254, hb: 22 Book on how to stop management from                                            Management
      R Raghavan)                                                                                                   cm                    stifling and strangling productivity

757   Enterprise Resource Planning : concepts        Vinod Kumar Garg & NK Eng      Prentice Hall of India   1998   ix, p. 153, pb: 24 cm The book throws light on the significance                                      Management
      and practice (Donated by R Raghavan)           venkitakrishnan                Pvt Ltd                                               of business engineering and its link with
                                                                                                                                          information technology

758   Management of industry in India                HT Parekh               Eng    KK Vora, Vora & Co.             p.74, hb: 21 cm       Lecture series on role of management in                                        Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                             industrial growth
759   Human relations in administration with         Robert Dubin            Eng    Prentice Hall of India   1970   xxi, p. 537, hb: 23.5 The book deals with empirical studies of                                       Management
      readings (Donated by R Raghavan)                                              Pvt Ltd                         cm                    business behavior

760   The next economy: will you know where          Elliott Ettenberg       Eng    McGraw-Hill              2002   xv, p. 220, hb: 23.5 The book takes us to the forefrint of the                                       Others
      your customers are? (Donated by R                                                                             cm                    high stakes battle for the customer
      Raghavan)                                                                                                                           money and provides with a toolbox of
                                                                                                                                          techniques designed to break through to
                                                                                                                                          customers
761   Financial control and delegation (Donated MJK Thanvaraj & KL           Eng    Indian Institute of      1973   xi, p. 166, hb: 22 cm Book on financialcontrol and delegation 1. Delegation schemes 2. Performance   Investment
      by R Raghavan)                            Handa                               Public Administration                                                                          budgeting 3. Finance

762   General and industrial management              Henri Fayol             Eng    Pitman Paperbacks        1967   xxvii, p. 110, pb:     This book will serve as a guide to all who                                    Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                       21.5 cm                are seeking an effective approach to
                                                                                                                                           human resources in organization of work

763   Capital budgeting and company finance          AJ Merrett & Allen Sykes Eng   Longmans                 1965   xi, p. 184, pb: 21.5The book covers basic techniques of                                              Investment
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                       cm                  investment appraisal snd the related
                                                                                                                                        issues
764   Excellence: can we be equal and excellent John W Gardner               Eng    Vakils, Feffer and       1984   p. 175, hb: 21.5 cm The book talks about the stengths and                                            Others
      too? (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                  Simons Ltd                                          failings of our education system, the
                                                                                                                                        nature of leadership in a free society

765   Professional management: theory and            Haimann                 Eng    Eurasia Publishing       1966   x, p. 556, hb: 23 cm Book on management                                                              Management
      practice (Donated by R Raghavan)                                              House (P) Ltd
766   Background material for seminars ion                             Eng   The Institute of      1992      x, p. -, pb: 23 cm  This book provides discussion material                                                Investment
      financial services (Donated by R                                       Chartered Accountants                               for the various seminars to be conducted
      Raghavan)                                                              of India                                            by Institute of Chartered Accountants of
                                                                                                                                 India
767   Effective management by objectives:the 3- WJ Reddin              Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill         1971   p. 224, pb: 22.5 cm The book deals with how each manager                                                  Management
      D method of MBO (Donated by R                                          Publishing Co. Ltd                                  must deal with setting objectives
      Raghavan)
768   Private enterprise and public interest: the Gordon C Bjork       Eng   Prentice-Hall of India   1970   vii, p.-, hb: 23.5 cm This book places the important                                                      others
      development of American capitalism                                     Pvt Ltd                                               characteristics of the American economic
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                      system in perspective

769   Management accounting problems in                                Eng   The Institute of Cost    1975   vi, p. 183, hb: 24.5     Book on managin accounting problems in 1. Management 2. Small scale industries   Management
      small scale industries (Donated by R                                   and Works                       cm                       small scale industries
      Raghavan)                                                              Accountants of India,
                                                                             Calcutta
770   Managerial effectiveness (Donated by R    WJ Reddin              Eng   McGraw Hill              1970   xiv, p. 352, pb: 21      The book helps make managers and the       1. Managerial effectiveness 2.3-D theory Management
      Raghavan)                                                              Kogakusha Ltd                   cm                       organizations work effectively             4. Management
771   Lease Finance: concept,law and            JC Verma               Eng   Bharat Law House         1986   p. 644, hb: 25 cm        The book discusses the provisions of       1. Hire Purchase Act, 1972 2. Lease      Investment
      procedure with Hire Purchase Act, 1972                                                                                          various statutes required to be complied   finance 3. Finance
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                         with in granting the lease
772   Practical techniques and policies for                            Eng   American Institute of    1968   viii, p. 71, pb: 23 cm                                              1. Inventory                          Management
      inventory control (Donated by R                                        Certified Public
      Raghavan)                                                              Accountants, Inc.
773   Management accounting in industry         Prof. Miles Kennedy    Eng   Syndenham College of     1967   p. 27, pb: 21 cm         The book contains lectures of the golden                                         Management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                Commerce and                                             jubilee memorial
                                                                             Economics, Bombay
774   Internal audit and control of scrap,                             Eng   The Institute of         1960   p. 51, pb: 23 cm         Research committee report                                                        Management
      salvage and surplus materials (Donated                                 Internal Auditors, New
      by R Raghavan)                                                         York
775   Materials handling (Donated by R          J William Putt         Eng   International Textbook   1967   p. 82, pb: 22.5 cm       Book on material handling                                                        Others
      Raghavan)                                                              Company
776   Cost audit in industry (Donated by R                             Eng   The Institute of Cost    1968   p. 22, pb: 24 cm         Book on cost accounting                                                          others
      Raghavan)                                                              and Works
                                                                             Accountants of India,
                                                                             Calcutta
777   Toward a World Central Bank? (Donated                            Eng   The Per Jacobsson        1970   v, p. 57, pb: 23 cm      The book contains the proceedings of the                                         Others
      by R Raghavan)                                                         Foundation                                               7th lecture meeting convened by the Per
                                                                                                                                      Jacobsson Foundation

778   The balance sheet of national interests                          Eng   India Tobacco Co Ltd     1973                            The book contains extracts from the                                              Others
      (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                                         speech delivered by AN Haskar, Chairman
                                                                                                                                      India Tobacco Company Ltd

779   Complete guide to electronic test         John Douglas - Young   Eng   Vikas Publishing House 1978     p. 254, pb: 18 cm        The book is a comprehensive guide to                                             others
      equipment and troubleshooting                                          Pvt Ltd                                                  modern electronic test equipment and
      techniques (Donated by R Raghavan)                                                                                              how to use it when troubleshooting

780   Plain truths about investments            Debashis Basu          Eng   KenSource                2006   p. 115, pb: 21.5 cm The book contains essential truths about 1. Investment 2. Mutual funds 3.          Investment
                                                                                                                                 what you are getting into when you start Systematic Investment Plan (SIP) 4. Index
                                                                                                                                 investing in popular financial assets    funds 5.

781   Plain truths about stock investing        Debashis Basu          Eng   KenSource                2006   p. 96, hb: 21.5 cm       The book gives sensible advice on how to 1. Investment 2.Capital market          Investment
                                                                                                                                      get delightful insights into picking the
                                                                                                                                      right stovk
782   Plain truth about mutual funds            Debashis Basu          Eng   KenSource                2006   p. 104, pb:21.5 cm       The book gives information on how to     1. Mutual Funds 2. Investment           Investment
                                                                                                                                      invest in mutual funds
783   Wealth building 101: your first 90 days on Ed by Donald J Trump       Eng   John Wiley           2011    xvii, p. 243, hb: 24 The book shows a reader how with a plan        1. Wealth management                      Investment
      the path to prosperity                                                                                   cm                   one can go from where they are to where
                                                                                                                                    they want to go
784   Remembering my father: Cooverji H            Rati Bhabha Forbes       Eng   Rati Forbes          2011    p. 161, hb: 30.5 cm Biographical account of Cooverji H              1. Biography                              Biography/Auto
      Bhabha                                                                                                                        Bhabha
785   Fundamentals of Private Pensions             McGill, Brown, Haley and Eng   Pension Research      1996   x, p. 823, hb: 26 cm Book on fundamentals of private                1. Pension 2. Taxation 3. Retirement 4.   Investment
                                                   Schieber                       Council of the                                    pensions                                       Insurance 5. Asset
                                                                                  Wharton School of the
                                                                                  University of
                                                                                  Pennsylvania
786   Penaion fund excellence: creating value      Keith P Ambachtsheer & Eng     John Wiley & Sons,    1998   xv, p. 238, hb: 23.5 The book presents a guiding paradigm for 1. Pension 2. Pension fund capitalism 3. Investment
      for stakeholders                             D Don Ezra                     Inc.                         cm                   articulating a fund's mission and for what Management 4. Fundibng policy 5. Asset
                                                                                                                                    needs to be done to accomplish it          allocation policy 6. Small pension funds

787   Facing the future: Indian pension systems David JW Hatton & oths Eng        Tata McGraw-Hill     2007    xx, p. 588, hb: 23.5 The book discusses the current pension         1. Pension 2. New Pension Scheme (NPS) Investment
                                                                                  Publishing Co. Ltd           cm                   system in India and around the , reform        3. Public Provident Fund (PPF) 4.
                                                                                                                                    initiatives for improving the current          Voluntary Pension Plan
                                                                                                                                    scenario
788   Pension systems: a new focus                 Krishnaphani Kesiraju,   Eng   ICFAI University     2002    xi, p. 194, pb: 23.5 The book has papers presented by               1. Pension 2. Pension Fund Management Investment
                                                   ed                                                          cm                   various experts on Pension
789   India's Elderly: burden or challenge?        S Irudaya Rajan, US      Eng   Sage Publications    1999    p. 356, hb: 22.5 cm In this book the author presents a              1. Senior Citizens 2. Pension             others
                                                   Mishra and P Sankara                                                             comprehensive account of the different
                                                   Sarma                                                                            dimensions of the elderly life in India, the
                                                                                                                                    book also features demographic
                                                                                                                                    assessment of the number of India's
                                                                                                                                    elders up to the year 2021

790   Financial Jiu-Jitsu: a fighter's guide to    Scott Ford               Eng   John Wiley & Sons,   2011    xiv, p. 192, hb: 23.5 The book shows you how to be a smarter                                                  Investment
      conquering your finances                                                    Inc.                         cm                    fighter in the battle for financial freedom

791   The conscious investor: profiting from the John Price                 Eng   John Wiley & Sons,   2011    xiii, p. 366, hb: 23   The book is an comprehensive and                                                       Investment
      Timeless Value Approach                                                     Inc.                         cm                     intensive study of valuation methods, it
                                                                                                                                      provides investors with the different
                                                                                                                                      methods of calculating values

792   Smart is the new rich: if you cant afford it Christine Romans         Eng   John Wiley & Sons,   2010    xx, p. 299, hb: 23.5 The book shows how to reboot to a more                                                   Investment
      put it down                                                                 Inc.                         cm                   rational way of thinking, how to reset
                                                                                                                                    goals and how to repair balance sheet

793   Martin Pring on Price Patterns: the          Martin J Pring           Eng   Tata McGraw-Hill     2005    vii, p. 358, pb: 23    The book provides the readers the                                                      Investment
      definitive guide to Price Pattern Analysis                                  Publishing Co. Ltd           cm                     patterns that are working consistently for
      and Interpretation                                                                                                              traders in today's volatile markets and
                                                                                                                                      help to determine the best for personal
                                                                                                                                      trading

794   Islamic Banking: how to manage risk and      Amr Mohamed El Tiby      Eng   John Wiley & Sons    2011    xxiii, p. 211, hb:    The book provides better understanding                                                  Investment
      improve profitability                                                       (Asia) Pte Ltd               23.5 cm               about the potential and risk of Islamic
                                                                                                                                     banking
795   Global crisis recession and uneven           YV Reddy                 Eng   Orient BlackSwan     2011    xxv, p. 421, hb: 22.5 The book helps to understand the                                                        Investment
      recovery                                                                                                 cm                    genesis, anatomy and impact of the
                                                                                                                                     financial crisi and the lessons it offered

796   The collapse of Golbalism and the            John Ralston Saul        Eng   Penguin Books        2009    p. 335, pb: 23 cm      The author offers prescient insights into                                              Others
      reinvention of the world                                                                                                        today's global crisis in the book
797   The buckets of money Retirement            Raymond J Lucia & Dale Eng   John Wiley & Sons,   2010   xxv, p. 211, hb: 23.5 In this book, the author outlines his         Investment
      solution: the ultimate guide to income for Fetherling                   Inc.                        cm                    simple, time-tested system for achieving
      life                                                                                                                      long term financial stability regardless of
                                                                                                                                market conditions

798   Chasing the same signals: how Black Box   Brian R Brown          Eng    John Wiley & Sons    2010   ix, p. 198, hb: 23 cm In the book the author offers fascinating     Investment
      Trading influences stock markets from                                   (Asia) Pte. Ltd.                                  insights into the world of cyber-trading
      WallStreet to Shanghai                                                                                                    and specultes on a future where Wall
                                                                                                                                Street is dominated by computers

799   Reclaim the nest egg: take control of your Ken Kamen with Dale   Eng    Bloomberg Press      2010   vii, p. 214, hb: 23.5 Book on how to manage personal finance        Investment
      financial future                           Burg                                                     cm
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
Acc No. Title                                       Author               Year
   1    4th Progress Report on the Action taken                          Jul-05
        pursuant to the recommendations of the
        Joint Parliamentary Committee on Stock
        Market Scam and matters relating
        thereto

   2    Report on Joint Committee on Stock                               Dec-02
        market scam and matters relating
        thereto Vol I


   3    Report on Joint Committee on Stock                               Jan-03
        market scam and matters relating
        thereto Vol II

   4    Legacies for the future: contemporary       ed by Cynthia C      1998
        architecture in Islamic Societies           Davidson

   5    The impact of stock futures trading on      LC Gupta and Naveen May-03
        the cash market and regulatory issues       Jain


   6    National seminar on Capital market          The Institute of      Apr-08
        reforms through amendments to               Company Secretaries
        securities contracts (regulations) rules,   of India and Ministry
        1957                                        of Finance, Govt. of
                                                    India

   7    National seminar on Capital market          The Institute of      Mar-08
        reforms through amendments to               Company Secretaries
        securities contracts (regulations) rules,   of India and Ministry
        1957                                        of Finance, Govt. of
                                                    India

   8    Action taken report on the report of the                         May-03
        PJC on stock market scam and matters
        relating thereto
9    Report on the Expert group on                                Nov-05
     encouraging FII Flows and checking the
     vulnerability of capital markets to
     speculative flows

10   White paper on Multinational
     accounting firms operating in India



11   21st Annual report of Stock Holding
     Corporation of India Ltd (SHCIL) 2007-08


12   The story of an NGO Network: Kutch Nav Nita Mukherjee, Dr.   2003
     Nirman Abhiyan


13   14th Annual creations study (2004-2009)                      17-Dec-09

14   Midcaps: riding the recovery                                 16-Nov-09
15   Srishti Annual report                                        2008-2009
16   Financial markets review 2009



17   Bank stores: recent trends in                                2009
     shareholding pattern


18   Reflections: advertising trends in India,
     television & print 2009, series III

19   Reflections: advertising trends in India,
     television & print 2009, series II

20   The impatient generation: tv
     consumption behavior study 2009
21   India equity research: engineering and                       25-Sep-08
     capital goods
22   Analysis beyond consensus: Infosys                           23-Jul-08
     Technologies, annual report analysis

23   India equity research: Nestle India                          25-Sep-08
24   Analysis beyond consensus: Jaiprakash                        26-Sep-08
     Associates, annual report analysis

25   Analysis beyond consensus: Maruti                            24-Sep-08
     Suzuki India, annual report analysis
26   Analysis beyond consensus: Mahindra         2-Sep-08
     and Mahindra, annual report analysis

27   Analysis beyond consensus: Tata Steel,      5-Sep-08
     annual report analysis
28   Industry monitor, ICRA Sector analysis      Nov-07

29   Edelweiss style analysis: what's hot…
                                                      Jul-08
30   Analysis beyond consensus: Larsen and       11-Sep-08
     Toubro, annual report analysis
31   Analysis beyond consensus: Reliance         12-Nov-08
     Infrastructure, annual report analysis

32   The Indian Textiles and Clothing Industry   Jan-09


33   India equity research: Reliance
     Industries                                   16-Nov-06
34   India equity research: Sintex Industries    6-Jun-07

35   India equity research: Oil and gas          7-Jul-08

36   Analysis beyond consensus:                  9-Jul-08
     GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals,
     annual report analysis
37   Analysis beyond consensus: Ranbaxy          8-Jul-08
     Loboratories, annual report analysis

38   The Indian Tobacco industry                 Oct-07


39   Indian Education: a leap forward            7-Oct-08


40   Enhanced Nifty: nifty with an edge          3-Aug-07


41   Indian equity research: TAKE Solutions      31-Dec-07


42   Indian equity research: Tata Steel          31-Dec-07


43   Indian equity research: The Phoenix         9-Jan-08
     Mills
44   India Strategy                              25-Sep-08
45   N.A.A Bulletin (Donated by R Raghavan)
     (2 copies)                                 1961, Jun
46   Annual report of Shipping Corporation of
     India Ltd 2009-2010
Collation              Source                      Abstract
p. 197, 20.5 cm,       Govt of India, Ministry of JPC recommendations on
(spiral bound copy)    Finance                    Stock market scams




xiv, p.527, pb: 27.5   Lok Sabha Secretariat
cm



p. 97, pb: 27.5 cm     Lok Sabha Secretariat




p. 175, pb: 27 cm      The Aga Khan Award for
                       Architecture

29 cm (spiral bound
copy)


p. 156, pb: 27 cm




p. 156, pb: 27 cm




vii, p. 170, pb: 20.5 Govt of India, Ministry of
cm (spiral bound vol) Finance
vi, p. 62, pb: 29 cm   Govt of India, Ministry of
(spiral bound vol)     Finance, dept. of
                       economic affairs


p. 141, pb: 27 cm      The Chartered
                       Accountants' Action
                       Committee for Level
                       playing Field
p. 112, pb: 25.5 cm    Stock Holding
                       Corporation of India Ltd
                       (SHCIL)

p. 110, pb: 23 cm      Ambuja Cement
                       Foundation


p. 46, pb: 29.5        Motilal Oswal

p. 114, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss
p. 144, pb: 27 cm      Srishti
p.125, pb: 29 cm       Financial Technologies
                       Knowledge Management
                       Co
p.25, pb: 29 cm        Financial Technologies
                       Knowledge Management
                       Co
                       TAM Media Research


                       TAM Media Research


                       TAM Media Research

p. 31, pb: 28 cm       Edelweiss

p. 16, pb: 27.5 cm     Edelweiss


p. 24, pb: 28 cm       Edelweiss
p. 16, pb: 28 cm       Edelweiss


p. 16, pb: 28 cm       Edelweiss
p. 16, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss


p. 16, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss

p. 39, pb: 27.5 cm    ICRA Ltd

p. 11, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss

p. 20, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss

p. 12, pb: 28cm       Edelweiss


p. 75, pb: 28 cm      ICRA Management
                      Consulting Services Ltd

                      Edelweiss
p. 71, pb: 28 cm
p. 15, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss

p. 20, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss

p. 12, pb: 28cm       Edelweiss


p. 12, pb: 28cm       Edelweiss


p. 58, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss


p. 63, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss


p. 15, pb: 28.5 cm    Edelweiss


p. 31, pb: 28 cm


p. 26, pb: 28 cm      Edelweiss


p. 23, pb: 28cm       Edelweiss


p. 295, pb: 29.5 cm   Motilal Oswal
p. 31, pb: 21.5 cm   Accounting practice
                     report
Keywords
1. Joint Parliamentary Committee
(JPC)




1. Stock Holding Corporation of
India Ltd (SHCIL) 2. Calcutta Stock
Exchange 3. Ketan Parekh 4.
Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
1. Stock Holding Corporation of
India Ltd (SHCIL) 2. Calcutta Stock
Exchange 3. Ketan Parekh 4.
Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
1. The Aga Khan Award for
Architecture

1. Single stock futures 2. Stock
future transactions


1. Securities and Exchange Board
of India (SEBI) 2. Regulatory
framework 3. Securities Contracts
(Regulation) Act



1. Securities and Exchange Board
of India (SEBI) 2. Regulatory
framework 3. Securities Contracts
(Regulation) Act


1. Capital markets 2. Stock
Exchanges 3. Reserve Bank of India
(RBI) 4. Securities and Exchange
Board of India (SEBI) 5. Ketan
Parekh 6. Stock Holding
Corporation of India Ltd (SHCIL)
1.FII inflows 2. Exchange rates 3.
Interest rates 4. Hedge Funds




1. Stock Holding Corporation of
India Ltd (SHCIL) 2. Annual report


1. Kutch Nav Nirman Abhiyan 2.
NGO 3. Ambuja Cement
Foundation
ook
List of
booklets/
books etc
No          Title                                       Year
1           The Essence of Business Management
2           Incorporating Budget Analysis - India Key   2009
            Data 2009:2010 The Red Book


3           Maharashtra Key Data 2009:2010 The blue 2009
            book


4           The layman's guide to insurance             2003




5           The layman's guide to financial planning    2008

6           On strategies for disinvestment and
            privatisation

7           ABC- Assault on Canara Bank Culture (Book 2000
            for People's Court)

8           Dharnidhar's vastu guide                    1994

9           Money Simplified (Journal) Vol viii      Apr-04
10          Money Simplified (Journal) Vol vi        Oct-03
11          Money Simplified (Journal) Vol vii       Feb-04
12          Remembrance day by Henry Porter
            (Donated by R Raghavan)
13          Provisions for love by Trevor Bostock
            (Donated by R Raghavan)
14          The great pursuit by Tom Sharpe (Donated
            by R Raghavan)
15          How to become the sensous women by J
            (Donated by R Raghavan)
16          The book on the Taboo against knowing
            who you are by Alan Watts (Donated by R
            Raghavan)
17
Source                Publisher           Abstract
Motilal Oswal         Jaico Books         Quotes and anecdotes
kalnirnay, Sumangal   Jayraj Salgaokar    The book presents the current
Research Team                             Indian scenario and glimpses of
                                          the challenges facing the
                                          economy
kalnirnay, Sumangal   Jayraj Salgaokar    The book captures the economic
Research Team                             strength and changing image of
                                          Maharashtra

ed. Vinod Mehta       Outlook Money       The book explains why one must
                                          insure, how much and which
                                          policies suits the best to
                                          respective persons
ed. Vinod Mehta       Outlook Money       Book on financial planning

Vijay Kelkar          Indian Institute of Sir Purshotamdas Thakurdas
                      Banking and Finance Memorial Lecture

S Venkatraman         Mannargudi         Scam
                      Lakshmiammal Trust

Dharnidhar Sharma     Dharnidhar          Guidelines on Indian
                      Communications      Architecture (Vastu-Shastra)
Personalfn                                Journal on Personal Finance
Personalfn                                Journal on Personal Finance
Personalfn                                Journal on Personal Finance
Keywords
1. Motilal Oswal
1. Demography 2. Employment 3. Economy 4.
Infrastructure


1. Maharashtra 2. Economy 3. Infrastructure
4. Agriculture 5. Industry 6. Exports 7. Fiscal
trends

1. Insurance 2. Life insurance 3. Non - life
insurance


1. Insurance 3. Investment planning 4.
Retirement planning 5. Tax
1. Vijay Kelkar - Chairman, Finance
Commission 2. Privatisation 3. Disinvestment

1. Canara Bank 2. Securities scam


1. Vastu-Shastra 2. Architecture
                                                              List of Books
Sr No                          Title

1       India in transition through the eyes of a visionary
        1940s to 1990s: Writings of H T Parekh Vol 1
2       India in transition through the eyes of a visionary
        1940s to 1990s: Writings of H T Parekh Vol 2
3       Co-operative Societies Ready Reckoner


4       The story of Videsh Sanchar: Development of
        India's external telecommunications
5       A banking Odyssey: The story of Canara Bank


6       Handbook of Public relations


7       The India Infrastructure report: Policy
        imperatives for growth and welfare Vol I
8       The India summary
        Executive Infrastructure report: Policy
        imperatives for growth and welfare Vol II The
9       main report
        The India Infrastructure report: Policy
        imperatives for growth and welfare Vol III Sector
10      Reports of Indian investors
        Survey


11      Same as 10 duplicate copy


12      Indian Securities market, a review Vol V


13      The Dynamics of Ascent: a centenary history of
        Bank of Baroda
14      Back to the dots: Development of India's
        External Telecommunications
15      The new age empowering organisation: Lessons
        in excellence
16      Penguin Special: The life and times of Allen Lane


17      Credit Derivatives and structured credit trading


18      Credit Risk Analysis: A tryst with strategic
        prudence
19      Investment banking: an Odyssey in High Finance


20      Revolutionary Wealth


21      Here comes everybody: The power of organizing
        without organizations
22   The unseen revolution: How pension fund
     socialism came to America
23   IT Risk: Turning business threats into
     competitive advantage
24   New issues in Islamic finance and economics:
     progress and challenges
25   Mastering the Hype cycle: how to choose the
     right innovation at the right time
26   The seven lost secrets of success


27   Value investing and behavioral finance: insights
     into Indian Stock market realities
28   Wowability: How to achieve it and why it matters


29   Macroeconomics demystified


30   Small giants: companies that choose to be great
     instead of big
31   Entrepreneurship development: Indian cases on
     change agents
32   Cue from the inner voice: The choice before big
     business
33   $700 billion bailout


34   Riding the blue train: A leadership plan for
     explosive growth
35   How Tiger does it


36   Birds by colour


37   The avatar way of leadership


38   Eventful years


39   Presentations that change minds: strategies to
     persuade convince, and get results
40   301 more ways to have fun at work


41   The goal


42   The citi Commonsense Money guide for real
     people
43   Rethinking pension provision for India 2003


44   Amrita Sher-gil: a life


45   Management accounting Demystified
46   Quality Management Demystified


47   The technical analysis


48   Time Management for busy people


49   Corporate finance demystified


50   Co-operative Societies and Criminal laws


51   How India earns, spends and saves: Results from
     the Max New York life-NCAER India Financial
52   InnovationSurvey plays
     Protection power


53   Entrepreneur power plays


54   What you know about Mutual funds maybe
     wrong ( 2 copies)
55   The joy of Achievement: Conversations with J R
     D Tata
56   For the love of India: The life and times of
     Jamsethji Tata
57   Final: The life and death of Naval Pirojsha Godrej


58   Ardeshir Dalal: A memoir


59   Periscope


60   The Indian Ceo: A portrait of excellence


61   Down memory lane


62   Naval Tata remembered


63   The Honda book of management


64   Open Secrets: India's Intelligence unveiled


65   A touch of greatness: Encounters with the
     Eminent
66   How brokers cheat shareholders


67   Why investment matters


68   The business traveller's guide to the World


69   The Best B Schools
70   The Ranbaxy Story


71   The finger book


72   Wealth: How the world's high-net-worth grow,
     sustain and manage their fortunes
73   A businessman in Public life: Murarji J Vaidya


74   Technology transfer: Iron's iron and steel


75   India Inc. for sale


76   A new beginning: The turnaround story of Indian
     Bank
77   Turnaround of banks: an optical illusion


78   A symbiosis of Industry and Nature


79   Understanding Finance


80   Creating a business plan


81   Dismissing a employee


82   Lessons from private equity any company can
     use
83   A rare legacy


84   Think Again: Why good leaders make bad
     decisions and how to keep it from happening to
85   you
     Project management in new product
     development
86   Software Quality: A practitioner's approach


87   Hedge funds demystified


88   Options and futures: An Indian Perspective


89   Guide to Redevelopment of housing societies


90   Invest the happionaire way


91   Financial instruments standards


92   The handbook of program management


93   Fixed income securities
94    The say it with charts complete toolkit


95    Unlock behaviour unleash profits


96    Financial supply chain


97    Evaluating training programs


98    Measure of a leader


99    Honglou Forutnes : Wealth for generations


100   36 stratagems for investors


101   IT and the east


102   Future Energry


103   Wall street's buried treasure


104   Financial innovations and market volatility


105   The end of food


106   Effects of future markets on Agricultural
      commodities
107   Be unreasonable: The unconventional way to
      extraordinary business results
108   Financial Planning: a ready reckoner


109   Timing the stock


110   Bonds: The unbeaten path to secure investment
      growth
111   Silicon Dragon: how China is winning the tech
      race
112   Financial Intelligence for HR professionals


113   All about asset allocation


114   Futures and Options


115   Reawakening the spirit in work: the power of
      Dharmic management
116   Managing your portfolio


117   Financial intelligence for IT professionals
118   Financial Darwinism: create value or self destruct
      in a world of risk
119   The branding of MTV: Will internet kill the video
      star
120   Global brand integrity management


121   Managing performance to maximize results


122   The change cycle: How people can survive and
      thrive in organizational change
123   Agenda for a new economy: From Phantonm
      wealth to real wealth
124   The seven secrets of influence


125   Global business power plays


126   Face the media


127   Personality not included


128   Understanding stocks


129   The articulate executive in action


130   A second career


131   9 secrets of advertising


132   Customer obsession


133   Implementation


134   Technical analysis for the rest of us


135   The standard and poor's guide to long term
      investing
136   Winning the wealth game: Cricket strategist for
      financial freedom
137   Eat that frog


138   Always on


139   The first 90 days


140   All about stock market strategies


141   Basics of investing in stock market
142   Make or Break


143   5 minds for the future


144   Plugged in


145   Catch: a fishmonger's guide to greatness


146   Instant systems


147   The seven triggers to yes


148   Strategic thinker: Mallika Srinivasan


149   80/20 CEO: Vaman Kamath


150   You are the modern financial advisor


151   Business as usual


152   Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives of
      Indian companies: content implementation
153   strategies and impact
      Capital Market: a consumers handbook


154   Mutual funds: the myth and the realty


155   Investors guide


156   Equity shares, preferrred shares and stock
      market indices
157   Interest rates and time value of money


158   Bond valuation, yield measures and the term
      structure
159   Fundamentals of Options


160   The missionary: Amrita Patel


161   Change agent: J J Irani


162   Nurturing Leader: Prathap Reddy


163   Quality leader: Venu Srinivasan


164   Total performance scorecard


165   What they don’t teach you at B-School
166   Empressions


167   Legal aspects of Property Transactions in
      Maharashtra
168   Design definitions


169   The war for wealth


170   Reengineering the corporation: a manifesto for
      business revolution
171   Unleashing the knowledge force:Harnessing
      knowledge for building global companies
172   Lead like an entrepreneur
(2)
173   All about stock


174   All about hedge funds


175   If its raining in Brazil, buy starbucks


176   Rainbow's End: A memoir of childhood, war and
      an African farm
177   The solution centric organization


178   Complex issues management: strategies and
      tactics
179   Optimizing the organization: unleashing the
      potential of practices, processes and people
180   Financial risk management


181   All about derivatives


182   The Wall Street Diet


183   Fast innovation


184   Six Sigma execution


185   The art of retail buying


186   The Holy grail of macro economics: lessons from
      Japan's great recession
187   9 elements of family business success


188   Report of the committee to review the working of
      the monetary system
189   Growing great employees: training ordinary
      people into extra ordinary performers
190   Sack the CEO


191   Revived


192   The Wall Street MBA


193   Finding your focus


194   Managing your portfolio: an investor's guide to
      minimizing risk and maximizing returns
195   Personal balance scorecard: the way to individual
      happiness, personal integrity and organizational
196   effectiveness
      What type of leader are you?


197   All about options


198   Investor's business daily and the making of
      millionaires
199   The race for perfect: inside the quest to design
      the ultimate portable computer
200   All about futures


      The manager's step-by-step guide to outsourcing
201

202   The entrepreneurial investor: the art, science
      and business of value investing
203   The nonverbal advantage


204   Instant referrals


205   Sucessful franchising


206   Instant leads


207   Instant profits


208   Instant repeat business


209   The ownership quotient


210   Business writing and communication


211   Derivatives and Financial innoviations


212   The real estate coach


213   Escaping the price driven sale
214   Six Sigma execution


215   The standard and poor's guide to selecting stocks


216   Futures Markets made easy with 250 questions
      and answers
217   A textbook of tourism


218   The case study handbook


219   British Citizens's charter- A compedium


220   Indian medicinal plants: a sector study


221   The pengiun CNBC-TV 18 business


222   Waste minimization - A practical guide to cleaner
      production and enhanced profitability
223   What consumers's really want


224   All about six sigma


225   War for truth


226   China's emerging financial markets


227   Distress investing: principles and techniques


228   Finding keepers


229   Butterflies be gone: hands on approach to sweat
      proof public speaking
230   Crucial conversations: tools for talking when
      stakes are high
231   Asset allocation: balancing financial risk


232   Mutual funds in India


233   Godrej: a hundred years


234   The leadership genius of Alfred P Sloan


235   The human side of Enterprise


236   The confident speaker


237   Islamic money and banking: integrating money
      in capital theory
238   Twenty one years of Real estate


239   Inside the black box


240   Forbes : guide to the markets


241   Jacked up


242   Equity research and valuation


243   The selling of President 1968


244   One day cricket: the Indian Challenge


245   Handbook of the reward strategies


246   Microtrends: the small fores behind today's big
      changes
247   Technical analysis from A to Z


248   The CPM Gold yearbook 2007


249   Life insurance in Asia: winning in the next
      decade
250   Derivative markets in India 2003


251   Be smart, act fast, get rich


252   Cadbury's purple reign


253   The Toyota way fieldbook


254   The four pillars of profit driven marketing


255   Leadership in the era of economic uncertainity


256   Motivate like a CEO


257   Think better


258   National security: imperatives and Challenges


259   The new gold standard


260   How Harvard and Yale beat the market


261   The bully of Bentonville
262   Elite China: luxury consumer behavior in China


263   Chindia: how China and India are revolutionizing
      global business
264   Chindia rising: how China and India will benefit
      your business
265   Japan's global reach


266   A premier on currency futures


267   A guide to interest rate futures


268   Ride the change: perspective on the changing
      Indian consumer, market and marketing
269   The future and me: power of the youth market in
      Asia
270   Indian household investors survey


271   Venture capital and the Indian financial sector


272   Indian shareowners: a survey


273   China's creative imperative: how creativity is
      transforming society and business in China
274   Iconoclast


275   Made in China: secrets of China's dynamic
      entrepreneurs
276   China intellectual property challenges and
      solutions: an essential business guide
277   Planet water: investing in the World's most
      valuable resource
278   B M Birla: a great visionary


279   The IT revolution in India


280   Thers's no such thing as a self-made man


281   The backroom brigade


282   Dabawalas


283   Gold: God's own currency


284   On planning and finance in India


285   The alchemy of leadership
286   India- business checklists: an essential guide to
      doing business
287   Smart leadership: insights for CEOs


288   Think India


289   Imagining India: ideas for the new century


290   Toyota supply chain management


291   India Arriving: how this economic powerhouse is
      redifining global business
292   Biogas: the Indian NGO experience


293   India's century


294   India in the emerging global order


295   For the love of Mahatma: the life and times of
      Chinubhai Chokshi
296   The fragrance of success: nurturing the family
      managed business
297   Own the world


298   The Apple way


299   How Dell does it


300   The Indian Renaissance: India's rise after a
      thousand years of decline
301   Karmic Inc.

302   GMAT, 12 th edition

303   And then the roof caved in

304   Small Stocks for Big profits

305   202 Great cover letters

306   GMAT Verbal Review 2nd edition

307   GMAT Quantitative review 2nd edition

308   Stay hungry stay foolish

309   IOUSA

310   Reflections by IITians

311   Contagion: The financial epidemic that is
      sweeping the global economy and how to protect
312   Stephen Roach on the next Asia: Oppurtunities
      and challenges for a new globalization
313   How Apple Inc. changed the world

314   Fund spy: Morningstar's inside secrets to
      selecting mutual funds that outperform
315   A primer on currency futures

316   How Toyoto changed the world

317   Option trading: bear market strategies

318   Sell short

319   Commodity insights yearbook 2009

320   Wealth management

321   The McKinsey engagement

322   Understanding microfinance

323   Market Models: a guide to financial data analysis

324   Futures, Options and Swaps

325   How to smell a rat: the five signs of financial
      fraud
326   Portfolio performance, measurement and
      benchmarking
327   Something for nothing: why we do things we do

328   Put your dreams to the test

329   The heart of a leader

330   Futures and Options: concepts and applications

331   Bank valuation and value based management

332   Stop acting rich and start living like a millionaire

333   Damodaran on valuation

334   Toyota culture

335   Event marketing

336   Financial Services

337   Stop the investing rip-off: how to avoid being a
      victim and make more money
338   China and the credit crisis: the emergence of a
      new world order
339   Special economics zones: international
      experience and Indian scenario
340   A view from outside: why good economics works
      for everyone
341   My 40 years with SBI

342   Plain speaking: selected writings on the Indian
      economy and administration
343   Confessions of a Swadeshi reformer: my years as
      Finance Minister
344   Ram Buxani: taking the high road

345   The new Capitalist: how citizen investors are
      reshaping the corporate agenda
346   Competing with the best: stratrgic management
      of Indian companies in a globalizing arena
347   Building India with partnership: the story of CII,
      1895-2005
348   India's global wealth club: the stunning rise of its
      billionaires and the secrets of their success
349   Dhirubhaism: the remarkable work of philosophy
(2)   of Dhirubhai Ambani
350   The hero project

351   The miracle of democracy: India's amazing
      journey
352   World class in India: a casebook of companies in
      transformation
353   ACC: a corporate saga

354   The professional

355   The Peter principle

356   Intelligent stock market investing

357   Conquer the crash: you can survive and prosper
      in a deflationary depression
358   The fallen giant: amazing story of Hank
      Greenberg and the history of AIG
359   How to read a financial report

360   Writing securities research: a best practice guide

361   Takaful Islamic Insurance: concepts and
      regulatory issues
362   The house of Dimon: how JP Morgan's Jamie
      Dimon rose to the top of the financial world
363   Trump never give up

364   Madoff with the money

365   Be rich and happy

366   How a second grader beats Wall Street

367   No man's land: a survival manual for growing
      midsize companies
368   Jeff Immelt and the new GE way:
      innovation,transformation and winning in the
369   Good small business guide: how to start and
      grow your own business
370   Free cash flow: seeing through the accounting
      fog machine to find great stocks
371   The secret to GE's success

372   Tramping to success: story of The Great Eastern
      Shipping Company Ltd
373   Trump University - Wealth building 101: your
      first 90 days on path to prosperity
374   Investor Basic

375   Reform and change in the European Stock
      Exchanges
376   Corporate Governance rating

377   Capital market: functioning and trends

378   Congratulations Dhirubhai

379   What you know about mutual funds may be
      wrong
380   Mutual funds- the myth and the reality

381   Think Twice: harnessing the power of
      counterintuition
382   The small-cap investor: secrets to winning big
      with small-cap stocks
383   Time your trades with technical analysis

384   The magic and logic of Elliot Waves

385   Karz ghetana…

386   Guntavanukmitra

387   Vimayache vardan

388   The Satyam saga

389   The winning manager

390   Profit over people

391   The bubble of American supremacy

392   Get content get customers: turns prospects into
      buyers with content marketing
393   Say it right: the first time

394   Managing ethics

395   On improving the effectiveness and efficiency of
      The Financial system in India
396   Facets of Media Law

397   Turnaround: the new Ford Motor Company

398   The Starbucks expereince

399   The starfish and the spider

400   Mega trenders Asia

401   He swam with the sharks for an icecream

402   China Fireworks: how to make dramatic wealth
      from the fastest growing economy in the world
403   The future of management

404   The future of competition: co-creating unique
      value with customers
405   Social media and marketing : an hour a day

406   The ice cream maker

407   Ambani vs Ambani: storms in the sea wind

408   Centenary Commemorative Volume

409   Megatrends: ten new directions transforming our
      lives
410   Buyology: how everything we believe about why
      we buy is wrong
411   Understanding management: the key to better
      results in your organization
412   The demise of the dollar: and why it's a even
      better for your investments
413   Whistleblowing around the world: law,, culture
      and practice
414   Corporate Governance concept and dimensions:
      a treatise on multi-dimensional approach to
415   India is for sale

416   It happened in India

417   Stock market crashes of 1998 and 1999

418   Strategic corporate finance: managing under
      economic crises
419   Indian share buyback and practices and their
      regulation: effect on share prices, dividends and
420   Investors beware: how small investors lost out in
      the spiral of booms and bust
421   In pursuit of Lakshmi: the political economy of
      the Indian state
422   On planning and finance in India

423   Vision of the Chairman: speeches of the late
      Shri. AD Shroff , Chairman
424    World Money and other articles

425    The Intelligent person's guide to Liberalization

426    The cambridge Economic History of India Vol I
       c.1200-c.1750
427    The cambridge Economic History of India Vol II
       c.1200-c.1750
428

429    Multimedia Information Highway: a conceptual
       framework
430    Getting started in value investing

431    The little book of safe money: how to conquer
       Killer markets, con artists and yourself
432    The face you were afraid to see

433    Discover the upside of down: investment
       strategies for volatile times
434    Out of poverty: What works when traditional
       apporaches fail
435    Classified: the political cover up of the Bofors
       scandal
436    EQ and Leadership

437    Indian Shareowners: a survey

438    Pipe dreams: greed, ego and the death of Enron

439    Reliance the real Natwar

440    Reforms in Indian financial sector

441    Unit Trust of India and Mutual funds

442    Corporate governance: challenges and necessity
       for emerging India
443    The brand book

444    Ambani bandhuon ka gas vivad

445    Luxury brand management

446    Transactions in shares and securities: taxation
       and accounting
447    The Search: how Google and its rival rewrote the
       rules of business and transformed our culture
448    Corporate governance and stewardship:
       emerging role and responsibilities of corporate
449 (2 Warren Buffet on business: principles from the
copies sage of Omaha
450    Back to the future: roots of commodity trade in
       India
451    When markets collide: Investment strategies for
       the age of global economic change
452   Forgotten wars

453   The Business of value investing

454   The investor's manifesto: preparing for
      prosperity, armageddon, and everything in
455   Mergers and acquisitions

456   Wisdom on value investing: how to profit on
      fallen angels
457   Code of Banks's Commitment to Micro and small
      enterprises
458   Code of Bank's commitment to Customers

459   India in transition through the eyes of a visionary
      - Writings of HT Parekh Vol I
460   India in transition through the eyes of a visionary
      - Writings of HT Parekh Vol II
461   Daughters of Maharashtra: portraits of women
      who are building Maharashtra
462   … from the dawn of aviation: The Qantas story

463   A bunch of flowers

464   The art and science of teaching children about
      money
465   Effects of futures markets on Agricultural
      commodities
466   Media Ethics: truth fairness and objectivity

467   Corporate governance reporting (model formats)

468   Glimpses of Indian Stock markets

469   Amazing Amils: lessons from the lives of Sindhi
      achievers
470   Lords of Finance: the bankers who broke the
      world
471   Memories, men and matters

472   Mr Editor, how close are you to the PM?'

473   Beyond the last blue mountain: a life of JRD Tata

474   Champions of freedom: the privatization
      revolution
475   Fare, forward, voyager

476   Idli, Orchid and mee (marathi)

477   Idli, Orchid and mee (marathi)

478   Many paths one goal

479   Train to India: memories of another Bengal
480   The painter: a life of Ravi Verma

481   The Scam: who won, who lost and who got away

482   Adhinayak

483   Vatchal

484   Jamshetji Tata yanche Bharat Prem

485   Maharathi Businessworldche

486   Maharathi Bhartiya Businessworldche

487   JRD - Mee Pahilele

488   JRD : ek chaturstra manus

489   Hi shrinchi iccha

490   Thought leaders

491   Majhi corporate yatra

492   Business Legends

493   Akio Morito aani Sony

494   Jidh

495   Ek Haknak Bali

496   Building Financial models with Microsoft Excel

497   Chasing daylight: how my forthcoming death
      transformed my life
498   Happy Hours: the penguin book of cocktails

499   Limited liability Partnership: tax planning, law
      and practice
500   India and China: the battle between soft and
      hard power
501   Its not bad as you think: why capitalism trumps
      fear and the economy will thrive
502   The future of finance: how private equity and
      venture capital will shape the global economy
503   Fiscal Hangover: how to profit from the new
      global economy
504   When the going gets tough: strategic responses
      to business crises
505   Risk management in cotton

506   The World Bank in India: Project Portfolio 2009

507   Innovative India rises
508    Mint road milestones: RBI at 75

509    Future of Financial markets: leadership profiles
(+1)
510    34th Annual report 2008-2009

511    Report of internal enquiry into Calcutta Stock
       Exchange Payment Crisis and involvement of UTI
512    Oral Evidence of Ketan Parekh, stock broker to
       the Chairman, Joint Parliamentary Stock Market
513    Preliminary Investigation Report on the Ketan
       Parekh, stock market scam
514    Draft report of the committee on Financial Sector
       Reforms (CFSR)
515    Securities and Exchange Board of India (Mutual
       Funds) regulations, 1996
516    Report of the committee to review the working
       and
517    Future of Financial markets - Annual report
(+1)
518    Report of the high level committee on credit to
       SSI
519    Report on joint committee to enquire into
       irregularities in securities and banking
520    Report on joint committee to enquire into
       irregularities in securities and banking
521    Interim Report of the committee to enquire into
       the Securities Transactions of the Banks and
522    Annual Report of Multi Commodity exchange of
       India Ltd (MCX) 2008-2009
523    Annual Report of Bombay Stock Exchange 2008-
       2009
524    National Stock Exchange of India - 17th Annual
       Report 2008-2009
525    Guide to Investment Strategy: how to
       understand markets, risk, rewards and behaviour
526    Business Leaders who changed the world

527    Business Icons who changed the world

528    How to be your management guru

529    Don’t sprint the marathon

530    Built to serve: how to drive the bottom line with
       people-first practices
531    The road ahead - Bill Gates

532    Then we set his hair on fire: insights and
       accidents from Hall-of-fame career in advertising
533    Overpromise and overdeliver: the secrets of
       unshakeable customer loyalty
534    Satisfaction: how every great company listens to
       the voice of the customer
535    Professional financial computing using excel and
       VBA
536    China now

537    The Universal principles of successful trading:
       essential knowledge for all traders in all markets
538    Time value and money: a magic of baffling
       effects
539    Arthath

540
       Unit Trust of India: retrospect and prospect
541    The new empire of debt: the rise and fall of an
       Epic Financial Bubble
542    Taxation of Charitable Trusts

543    India, Pakistan and the bomb

544+1 RK Laxman: the uncommon man(+1 donated
      by Dr AK Khandelwal)
545   The invisible hands: hedge funds off the record -
      rethinking real money
546   Frequently asked questions in Islamic finance

547    Benjamin Graham: building a profession

548    Islamic Finance in nutshell

549    Our Oriental Heritage: being a history of
       civilization in Egypt and the near East to the
550    The Life of Greece: being a history of Greek
       Civilization in the near East from the death of
551    The Age of faith: a history of medieval civilization
       - Christian, Islamic and judaic - from Constantine
552    The reformation: a history of European
       Civilization from Wyclif to Calvin
553    The Age of Reason begins: a history of European
       Civilization in the period of Shakespeare, Bacon,
554    The Age of Louis XIV : a history of European
       Civilization in the period of Pascal, Moliere,
555    The Age of Voltaire: a history of Civilization in
       Western Europe from 1715 to 1756, with special
556    Rousseau and Revolution: a history of Civilization
       in France, England and Germany from 1756, and
557    Gathering Storm

558    Grand Alliance

559    Hinge of Fate

560    Closing the ring

561    Triumph and Tragedy

562    Autobiography

563    Jawaharlal Nehru: an autobiography
564   An autobiography

565   Sri Aurobindo on himself and on the mother

566   Excellence

567   Work like your dog

568   History of the jews

569   The Nuttall Dictionary of English Synonyms and
      Antonyms
570   Lessons of History

571   Animal Behavior

572   Evolution

573   Birds

574   Desert

575   Earth

576   Forest

577   Mammals

578   Plants

579   Poles

580   Primates

581   Reptiles

582   Sea

583   Universe

584   Land and wild life of North America

585   Mountains

586   Insects

587   Time management make every second count

588   How to win friends and influence people

589   How to win any argument: don’t raise your voice,
      lose your cool or come to blows
590   Six weeks to words of power

591   The World's great speeches
592   License to live: a seeker's journey to greatness

593   SEBI Compendium: guide to listed companies - 1

594   SEBI Compendium: guide to listed companies - 2

595   Super Power: The amazing race between China's
      Hare and India's Tortoise
596   Comeback: a story of bankruptcy and survival

597   Corruption conundrum and other paradoxes and
      dilemmas
598   Storm of War: a new history of the second World
      War
599   Zep Ghe

600   Science as a way of life: biography of CNR Rao

601   Two score and ten: my expereinces in
      government
602   High Financier: the lives and time of Siegmund
      Warburg
603   The big short: inside the doomsday machine

604   India on the growth turnpike: essays in honour
      of Vijay L Kelkar
605   Buffett beyond value: why Warren Buffet looks
      to growth and management when investing
606   Readings in Commodity Derivative markets

607   Value at risk: the new benchmark for managing
      financial risk
608   Accelerating out of great recession: how to win
      in a slow-growth economy
609   Breakthroughs in Technical Analysis: new
      thinking from the World's top minds
610   Shall we tell the president

611   Evening news

612   Premchand Roychand (1831-1906): This Life and
      Times
613   AD Shroff: Titan of Finance and Free Enteprise

614   Tata: the evolution of corporate brand

615   Pillar of strength

616   Government accountability and public audit

617   Billion dollar mistake: learning the art of
      investing through the missteps of legendary
618   Inheritors

619   A thousands barrels a second: the coming oil
      break point and the challenges facing an energy
620   Ambani and sons: the making of the world's
      richest brothers and their fued
621   Little book of commodity investing

622   Last victory: the imperial agent II

623   Next great bull market: how to pick winning
      stocks and sectors in the new global economy
624   Buy and hold is dead: how to make money and
      control risk in any market
625   Brand new world: how India, China, Russia and
      Brazil are reshaping business
626   Guide to analysing companies

627   The scam: from Harshad Mehta to Ketan Parekh

628   Chicken soup for the teenage soul III

629   An autobiography or the story of my experiments
      with truth
630   Jonathan Livingston Seagull

631   Financial Management

632   The advancement of learning

633   Ethics

634   Wuthering Heights

635   History of the Tom Jones

636   The road to financial reformation: warnings,
      consequences, reforms
637   Hard Money: taking gold to a higher investment
      level
638   Flawless: inside the largest diamond heist in
      history
639   The Asia investor: charting a course through
      Asia's emerging markets
640   Outperform: inside the investment strategy of
      billion dollar endowments
641   How they blew it: ceos and entrepreneurs behind
      some of the world's most catastrophic business
642   Far from random: using investor behavior and
      trend analysis to forecast market movement
643   Maketing management 12th ed

644   The 90% solution: higher returns less risk

645   The visual investor: how to spot market trends

646   Googled: the end of the world as we know it

647   Change we can believe in: Barack Obama's plan
      to renew America's promise
648   The random walk guide to investing: ten rules for
      financial success
649   Confessions of an economic hit man

650   Buffett's bites: the essential investor's guide to
      Warren Buffett's shareholder letters
651   Investors's beware: how small investors lost-out
      in the spiral of booms and bust (2 copies)
652   Jack: straight from the cut

653   India empowered: change agents speak on an
      idea whose time has come
654   Human Resources development in banks

655   The case of Bonsai manager: lessons from
      nature on growing
656   Handbook of debt securities and interest rate
      derivatives
657   Corporate creativity: the winning edge

658   Financial institutions management: aodern
      perspective
659   The art of happiness: a handbook for living

660   Giving: how each one of us can change the world

661   Serious creativity: using the power of lateral
      thinking to create new ideas
662   The leadership engine: how winning companies
      build leaders at every level
663   The world is flat: the globalized world in twenty-
      first century
664   Wisdom of the ceo: 29 global leaders tackle
      today's most pressing business challenges
665   The myth of the rational market: a history of
      risk, reward and delusion on Wall Street (with
666   Execution: the discipline of getting things done

667   Leading change

668   Leaders based leadership

669   The Forbes book of business quotations

670   Investing in emerging markets: the BRIC
      economies and beyond
671   Top hedge fund investors: stories, strategies and
      advice
672   How an economy grows and why it crashes

673   Sustainable wealth: achieve financial security in
      a volatile world of debt and consumption
674   The evolutionof technical analysis: financial
      prediction from Babylonian Tablets to Bloomberg
675   Fooling some of the people all of the time: a long
      short story
676   The Drucker lectures: essential lessons on
      management, society and economy
677   Family legacy and leadership: preserving true
      family wealth in challenging times
678   Anatomoy of froth: demistifying the global
      financial crisis and lessons to learn
679   Grit, guts and gumption: driving change in a
      state-owned giant
680   Commodity insights yearbook 2010

681   Simplifying financial jargons by Prof. Simply
      simple
682   The 7 SECRETS of the money masters

683   Aiki Trading: trading in harmony with the
      markets
684   Nightrunners of Bengal

685   Sahib's India: vignettes from the raj

686   The Emperor's Tomb

687   Budgetary Control and standard costs (Donated
      by R Raghavan)
688   Financial control in a welfare state (Donated by
      R Raghavan)
689   Intergrated system of cost and financial accounts
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
690   Cost and quality control (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
691   Financial planning and policy (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
692   Understanding India's economic reforms: the
      past the present and the future!(Donated by R
693   Production Management (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
694   The rational manager: a systematic approach to
      problem solving and decision making (Donated
695   Scientific inventory management (Donated by
      R Raghavan)
696   The economics of industrial management
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
697   Decisional phenomena and the management
      accountant (Donated by R Raghavan)
698   Long-range planning : the executive viewpoint
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
699   Reporting the financial effects of the price-level
      changes (Donated by R Raghavan)
700   Guides to better accouting: a special collection of
      feature material selected from the Journal of
701   Report of the Committee on the financial system
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
702   Managerial problems in finance: cases in decision
      making (Donated by R Raghavan)
703   Understanding India's economic reforms: the
      past the present and the future! Vol 2 (Donated
704   The business forecasting revolution: nation-
      industry-firm (Donated by R Raghavan)
705   A judiciary made to measure (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
706   Security analysis: principles and techniques
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
707   Dunkel draft: myth and reality

708   Budgeting profit planning and control

709   Budgetary Control and standard costing and
      factory administration (Donated by R
710   Maxim Gorky: fragments from my diary

711   Man and development

712   Origins of the mind: mind-brain connections

713   Management in government

714   Accountants' cost handbook

715   Facing the future: mastering the probable and
      managing the unpredictable
716   Stocks for the long run: the definitive guide to
      financial market returns & long term investment
717   The future of money

718   An Indian in cowboy country: stories from an
      immigrant's life
719   Ignited minds: unleashing the power within India
      (Donated by Deepak Dave)
720   Highways to happiness: priceless and practical
      ways (Donated by Deepak Dave)
721   A hundred encounters (Donated by Deepak
      Dave)
722   India's contribution to management: a vision
      (Donated by Deepak Dave)
723   Nothing can be as crazy…: a story about curious
      ways of life in the Indian service-class (Donated
724   Rich Dad, poor dad: what the rich teach their
      kids about money- that the poor and middle
725   Case studies on respect : the prime mover
      (Donated by Deepak Dave)
726   Back to basics: teachers, students and manages
      explore the disconnect between B_school
727   Dare to dream (Donated by Deepak Dave)

728   A hedge fund tale of reach and grasp or what's
      heaven for?
729   The Street to the highway: the unspoken secrets
      behind converting small businesses into large
730   Free: the future of a radical price

731   Production Planning and inventory
      control(Donated by R Raghavan)
732   Profit management and control (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
733   Analysis of financial statements (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
734   Administrative organization (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
735   All India Conference on corporate finance and
      financial services (Donated by R Raghavan)
736   Case studies in Industrial administration
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
737   Understanding India's economic reforms: the
      past, the present and the future Vol 1 (Donated
738   Motivation and productivity (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
739   The management of innovative technological
      corporations (Donated by R Raghavan)
740   Industrial accountant's handbook (Donated by
      R Raghavan)
741   Accounting for management control (Donated
      by R Raghavan)
742   Job analysis, job evaluation and personnel rating
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
743   Outline of work study Part I (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
744   Remembrance day (Donated by R Raghavan)

745   Dynamic business management (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
746   Management principles and practice (Donated
      by R Raghavan)
747   How Europe underdeveloped Africa (Donated by
      R Raghavan)
748   Analysis for expansion or contraction of a
      business (Donated by R Raghavan)
749   Investment in India (Donated by R Raghavan)

750   Major changes caused by the implementation of
      a management information system (Donated by
751   International finance: new challenges and
      opportunities (Donated by R Raghavan)
752   Accounting research and teminology bullteins
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
753   Assessing projects: a programme for learning
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
754   Guide to practical project appraisal: social benefit-
      cost analysis in developing countries (Donated
755   Accountants guide to management studies
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
756   Further up the organization (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
757   Enterprise Resource Planning : concepts and
      practice (Donated by R Raghavan)
758   Management of industry in India (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
759   Human relations in administration with readings
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
760   The next economy: will you know where your
      customers are? (Donated by R Raghavan)
761   Financial control and delegation (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
762   General and industrial management (Donated
      by R Raghavan)
763   Capital budgeting and company finance
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
764   Excellence: can we be equal and excellent too?
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
765   Professional management: theory and practice
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
766   Background material for seminars ion financial
      services (Donated by R Raghavan)
767   Effective management by objectives:the 3-D
      method of MBO (Donated by R Raghavan)
768   Private enterprise and public interest: the
      development of American capitalism (Donated
769   Management accounting problems in small scale
      industries (Donated by R Raghavan)
770   Managerial effectiveness (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
771   Lease Finance: concept,law and procedure with
      Hire Purchase Act, 1972 (Donated by R
772   Practical techniques and policies for inventory
      control (Donated by R Raghavan)
773   Management accounting in industry (Donated
      by R Raghavan)
774   Internal audit and control of scrap, salvage and
      surplus materials (Donated by R Raghavan)
775   Materials handling (Donated by R Raghavan)

776   Cost audit in industry (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
777   Toward a World Central Bank? (Donated by R
      Raghavan)
778   The balance sheet of national interests
      (Donated by R Raghavan)
779   Complete guide to electronic test equipment and
      troubleshooting techniques (Donated by R
780   Plain truths about investments

781   Plain truths about stock investing

782   Plain truth about mutual funds

783   Wealth building 101: your first 90 days on the
      path to prosperity
784   Remembering my father: Cooverji H Bhabha

785   Fundamentals of Private Pensions

786   Penaion fund excellence: creating value for
      stakeholders
787   Facing the future: Indian pension systems
788   Pension systems: a new focus

789   India's Elderly: burden or challenge?

790   Financial Jiu-Jitsu: a fighter's guide to
      conquering your finances
791   The conscious investor: profiting from the
      Timeless Value Approach
792   Smart is the new rich: if you cant afford it put it
      down
793   Martin Pring on Price Patterns: the definitive
      guide to Price Pattern Analysis and Interpretation
794   Islamic Banking: how to manage risk and
      improve profitability
795   Global crisis recession and uneven recovery

796   The collapse of Golbalism and the reinvention of
      the world
797   The buckets of money Retirement solution: the
      ultimate guide to income for life
798

799

800

801

802

803

804

805

806

807

808

809

810

811

812

813

814

815
816

817

818

819

820

821

822

823

824

825

826

827

828

829

830

831

832

833

834

835

836

837

838

839

840

841

842

843
844

845

846

847

848

849

850

851

852

853

854

855

856

857

858

859

860

861

862

863

864

865

866

867

868

869

870

871
872

873

874

875

876

877

878

879

880

881

882

883

884

885

886

887

888

889

890

891

892

893

894

895
Names                                                email ids                       Contact person           Mission/ purpose

ACASH - Mumbai                                       acashorg@vsnl.com               Yogini Mishra            Child welfare, Consumer issues, Education, Environment,
                                                                                                              Food and Nutrition, Health, Human Rights, Media,
Aditya Foundation                                                                    Shilpa Deshmukh          Upliftment of women, education for children
                                                     shilpkala9@gmail.com
                                                     aksharacentre@vsnl.com          Nandita Shah             Women's issues
   Akshara - A women's Resource Centre - Mumbai
Annapurna Mahila Mandal - Mumbai                     ammd@vsnl.net                   Prema Purao
                                                                                                              Child welfare, Health, Women's issues
All India Human Rights and Citizen Option            aihrco@gmail.com                Rajesh Singh             One of the largest NGOs in India, we specialise in human
                                                                                                              rights, particularly women empowerment, child labour
APNALAYA                                             director@apnalaya.org           Leena Joshi, Director    Community development in slums

Avehi Public Charitable Trust - Mumbai               aavrc@vsnl.com                  Malvika Chari            AVEHI aims to promote the use of A.V. media in both
                                                                                                              formal and non-formal education for widening horizons
Bapnu Ghar - Mumbai                                  nkapte@hotmail.com              Pushpa Sethna            Women's issues

Centre for Enquiry into Health and Allied Themes -   cehat@vsnl.com                  Mr Ravi Duggal           CEHAT works in the field of research, action, service and
Mumbai                                                                                                        advocacy in health and allied themes. It aims at the well
Consumer Guidance Society of India - Mumbai          cgsibom@bom4.vsnl.net.in        Mrs Asha Idnani          The mission of CGSI is to protect and promote the rights
                                                                                                              and the interests of consumers provide them with
Health Education Library for People - Mumbai         malpani@vsnl.com                Hufrish Suraliwala       The Health Education Library for People is India’s first
                                                                                                              Health Education Resource Centre which aims to
Help (A Crises Centre) - Mumbai                      rinkib@bom3.vsnl.net.in         Ms. Rinki Bhattacharya   HELP focuses on the welfare of women in distress and
                                                                                                              helps them to gain their self-esteem. It conducts
Initiatives- Women in Development - Mumbai           kranti@bom5.vsnl.net.in         Ms. Kranti               The vision of IWID is to work towards equality, justice and
                                                                                                              empowerment of women. To work towards gender justice
Jagruti Kendra - Mumbai                              frbarthol@hotmail.com           Barthol Machado          Consumer issues, Education, Environment, Health,
                                                                                                              Sanitation, Sustainable Development, Water, Women's
Jeanne Devos                                         info@jeannedevos.org ,          Secretary                The national domestic workers movement, founded more
                                                     rita.heymans@jeannedevos.org                             than 20 years ago, kept expanding and now boasts
Kumud J.C. Barot Foundation                          ashaamarcorporation@gmail.com   Kumud J.C. Barot         Work for women and children

MAJLIS                                               majlislaw@vsnl.net              Audrey D'mello           Womens rights, legal cell.

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:2112
posted:2/25/2011
language:English
pages:154